LIPOSOME CO INC
10-K, 2000-03-28
BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, (NO DIAGNOSTIC SUBSTANCES)
Previous: CONCEPT CAPITAL CORP, 10KSB, 2000-03-28
Next: SMITH BARNEY EQUITY FUNDS, NT-NSAR, 2000-03-28





8






               S E C U R I T I E S   A N D   E X C H A N G E
                            C O M M I S S I O N

                         Washington, D. C.  20549

                              F O R M   10-K

               ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                  OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For fiscal year ended January 2, 2000
                      Commission file number 0-14887

             T H E   L I P O S O M E   C O M P A N Y,   I N C.
          (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                             22-2370691
(State or other jurisdiction of              (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization)               Identification No.)

         One Research Way, Princeton Forrestal Center, Princeton,
                       New Jersey,  08540
                 (Address of principal executive offices)
                                (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:(609) 452-7060

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

      Common Stock, $.0l Par Value; Preferred Stock Purchase Rights;
    Depositary Shares each representing 1/10 of a share of Registrant's
                                 Series A
           Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock;
          Series A Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred
                      Stock,  $.01 Par Value
                             (Title of Class)
Indicate  by  check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of  1934  during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period  that
the  registrant  was  required to file such reports),  and  (2)  has  been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                          Yes     X           No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405  of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to  the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or  any
amendment to this Form 10-K.

Aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates  of  the
registrant  as of February 29, 2000, was approximately $378,893,223  based
upon the last reported sales price of the registrant's Common Stock on the
NASDAQ National Market.

At  February  29,  2000 there were 39,471,893 shares of  the  Registrant's
Common Stock outstanding.

The Exhibit Index appears on pages 60-61.



                        THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC.
                      1999 ANNUAL REPORT - FORM 10-K


                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM NO.                                                    PAGE

Part I                                                        4

  1. Business                                                 4
      Overview/Merger/Business Strategy                       4
      Product Development                                     6
      Manufacturing                                          10
      Marketing Strategy                                     10
      Credit and Working Capital Practices                   11
      Human Resources                                        11
      Patents and Proprietary Technology                     11
      Governmental Regulation                                12
      Competition                                            13
      Additional Risk Factors                                13
  2. Properties                                              16
  3. Legal Proceedings                                       16
  4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     16


Part II                                                      17

  5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
      Stockholder Matters                                    17
  6. Selected Financial Data                                 18
  7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
      Condition and Results of Operations                    19
  7a.                                                  Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About
      Market Risk                                            27
  8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data             27
  9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
      Accounting and Financial Disclosure                    27

Part III                                                     27

 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant      27
 11. Executive Compensation                                  31
 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
      And Management                                         35
 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions          36


Part IV                                                      36

 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on
      Form 8-K                                               36

       This  report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements
concerning the business, financial performance and financial condition  of
the  Company,  which  are subject to certain risks and uncertainties  that
could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated  in
any  forward-looking statement. Factors that could cause such  differences
include,  but  are  not limited to, those discussed  in  this  Form  10-K,
including  without limitation, the discussion in Part I Item 1, Additional
Risk  Factors. The following discussion should also be read in conjunction
with  Part  II  Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of  Financial
Condition  and Results of Operations as well as the Consolidated Financial
Statements  and  Notes to the Consolidated Financial  Statements  included
herein.

     In  some  cases,  you  can  identify  forward-looking  statements  by
terminology  such  as  "may," "will," "should,"  "potential,"  "continue,"
"expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates"  and
similar  expressions.  These statements are based on our current  beliefs,
expectations  and  assumptions and are subject to a number  of  risks  and
uncertainties.   Actual  results and events may  vary  significantly  from
those  discussed in the forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking
statements are made as of the date of this annual report, and we assume no
obligation to update them or to explain the reasons why actual results may
differ.   In  light  of  these assumptions, risks and  uncertainties,  the
forward-looking events discussed in this annual report may not occur.

PART I

Item l.  Business

OVERVIEW/MERGER WITH ELAN CORPORATION, plc/BUSINESS STRATEGY

   The  Liposome  Company,  Inc.  (together  with  its  subsidiaries,  the
"Company")  is  a  biopharmaceutical company  engaged  in  the  discovery,
development,  manufacturing  and  marketing  of  proprietary  lipid-   and
liposome-based pharmaceuticals, primarily for the treatment of cancer  and
other related life-threatening illnesses. Organized in 1981, the Company's
marketed  product and products in development are based on  its  knowledge
and understanding of lipids, the substances that comprise the membrane  of
all  living  cells.   The  products developed by  the  Company  with  this
technology  include  drug  delivery  vehicles  and  novel  pharmaceuticals
utilizing  modulated cell signaling and bio-active lipids.  To  supplement
and expand its internal discovery capabilities, the Company may in-license
pharmaceutical  compounds  for  further  development,  manufacturing   and
marketing.

On  March  6, 2000 the Company announced that it entered into a definitive
merger  agreement under which Elan Corporation, plc ("Elan") will  acquire
the  Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Elan will acquire  all  of
the   Company's   outstanding   stock  in  a   tax-free,   stock-for-stock
transaction.  The Company's shareholders will receive 0.3850  of  an  Elan
ADR for each share of Company Common Stock.  Based on the closing price on
March  3,  2000  of $39.6875, the transaction has a value  of  $15.28  per
Company  share  and  an  aggregate value of  approximately  $575  million,
including options and warrants and adjusting for net cash on the Company's
balance sheet and before the contingent payment described below.  Elan may
make  a  cash  payment  to Company shareholders  of  up  to  $98  million,
contingent  partly on the approval of EVACET for the European  Union,  and
partly on EVACET reaching certain sales milestones outside the U.S.   Elan
has  also  entered into an agreement with Ross Financial Corporation,  the
Company's  major  shareholder, to vote in favor of the  transaction.   The
transaction  is  subject  to  regulatory  and  the  Company's  shareholder
approvals and is expected to close in the second quarter of 2000.

   ABELCET  (Amphotericin B Lipid Complex Injection), the Company's  first
commercialized  product,  has  been approved  for  marketing  for  certain
indications in the United States and 24 foreign markets and is the subject
of  marketing  application filings in several  other  countries.   In  the
United States, ABELCET has been cleared for marketing for the treatment of
invasive fungal infections in patients who are refractory to or intolerant
of conventional amphotericin B therapy.  International approvals have been
received  for  primary  and/or refractory treatment of  these  infections.
Currently all product revenues are derived from ABELCET.

   During  1999, the Company marketed ABELCET in the U.S. and Canada  with
its  own sales force.  For other countries, the Company's strategy  is  to
market  ABELCET through marketing alliances.  Specific marketing alliances
are  determined  on  a country-by-country basis.  In addition,  sales  are
realized  on a "named patient" basis in certain countries where  marketing
approvals have not yet been received.

   The  Company  is  developing  EVACET  (formerly  TLC  D-99),  liposomal
doxorubicin,  as a treatment for metastatic breast cancer and  potentially
other  cancers.  The Company also plans to conduct additional  studies  of
EVACET in combination with other anticancer agents.

   TLC  ELL-12,  a liposomal ether lipid, potentially provides  advantages
over  existing  chemotherapeutic agents. Ether lipid  has  been  shown  in
previous human studies to be an effective anticancer agent, but was highly
toxic  to  red  blood  cells. TLC ELL-12 does  not  appear  to  have  this
toxicity. More importantly, unlike most chemotherapeutic agents,  it  does
not  interact  with DNA. ELL-12 has not caused bone marrow suppression  in
animal  studies and is not likely to be carcinogenic or mutagenic  in  its
own right. If this holds true in humans, TLC ELL-12 would be a significant
advance in cancer chemotherapy. TLC ELL-12 entered Phase I clinical trials
at Duke University Medical Center in February 1999.

  The Company has a continuing discovery research program concentrating on
oncology  treatment  and  has  a number of products  in  research.   These
products  include: bromotaxane (a hydrophobic derivative  of  paclitaxel),
which  has  shown  anticancer  activity in  several  experimental  models;
ceramides   and   sphingosines  (molecules  widely  implicated   in   cell
differentiation  and  apoptosis),  certain  of  which  the   Company   has
identified  as  displaying anticancer activity;  and  fusogenic  liposomes
(liposomes  specifically designed to fuse to cell  membranes),  which  the
Company hopes to use for the efficient delivery of genes to their intended
targets.

   On June 25, 1997 the Company announced results of a Phase III study  of
VENTUS  as  the  treatment  for Acute Respiratory  Distress  Syndrome,  an
inflammatory condition affecting the lungs.  The Company's analysis of the
two  arms  of the study showed no significant difference between  patients
receiving  VENTUS  or placebo either in reducing the  time  on  mechanical
ventilation or in 28 day mortality.  No safety concerns for the drug  were
identified.    The  Company  does  not  intend  to  perform  any   further
significant development of VENTUS for this indication.

   Following  the  results  of  the VENTUS  clinical  trial,  the  Company
announced  its intention to focus its resources on the development  of  an
oncology  franchise.  As part of implementing this strategy,  the  Company
restructured its operations to reflect ongoing operating realities and  to
focus  the  organization on the development and marketing of oncology  and
related pharmaceuticals. The restructuring eliminated 137 positions, which
resulted in unusual charges of $2,550,000 in the second quarter of 1997.

   Additionally,  in  order  to  gain  operational  access  to  a  second,
potentially significant oncology-related drug, the Company reacquired,  on
July  14,  1997,  all development, manufacturing and marketing  rights  to
EVACET  from  Pfizer  Inc.  ("Pfizer"),  which  had  previously  been  co-
developing EVACET with the Company.  The Company assumed control over  and
the cost of all clinical studies, including the ongoing Phase III clinical
studies  that  were  previously being conducted by  Pfizer.   Pfizer  will
receive royalties on worldwide (except Japan) commercial sales of EVACET.

   In  July and August 1997, the Company entered into agreements to settle
patent  litigation with the University of Texas and M.D.  Anderson  Cancer
Center  ("UT")  and  with NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.  ("NeXstar")  (now
Gilead Sciences, Inc.) and Fujisawa U.S.A., Inc.  Under the UT settlement,
the  Company received an exclusive license under UT's patent and paid past
royalties  in a combination of cash and stock, agreed to pay royalties  on
future sales of ABELCET, and issued to UT a ten year warrant to purchase 1
million  shares  of  the  Company's Common  Stock  at  $15.00  per  share.
Pursuant  to  the NeXstar settlement, the Company received  a  payment  of
$1,750,000  in  1997  and  began receiving  quarterly  payments  based  on
worldwide sales of AmBisome beginning in 1998.




PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

     The following table summarizes the principal product development
activities of the Company:

Product/Program          Use              Status(1)         Marketing
                                                              Rights
Anti-
infective
and Cancer
ABELCET        United States
               Systemic fungal     Marketing and      The Company
               infections in       sales
               patients
               refractory to, or
               intolerant of,
               amphotericin B.

               International
               Systemic fungal     Approved in:       The Company;
               infections (first   France, Italy,     Laboratorios
               and/ or second-     United Kingdom,    Esteve, SA
               line indications)   Canada, Spain and  (Spain,
                                   other countries.   Portugal)
                                   Other marketing
                                   approvals          Wyeth-Lederle
                                   pending.           (France,
                                                      Italy, UK,
                                                      Nordic
                                                      countries,
                                                      Netherlands
                                                      and Greece)

EVACET         Metastatic breast   New Drug           The Company
(Formerly      cancer              Application in
TLC D-99)                          U.S. withdrawn.
                                   Further clinical
                                   studies required
                                   for U.S.
                                   approval.
                                   Applications
                                   pending in Europe
                                   and Canada.

TLC ELL-12     Various cancers     Phase I clinical   The Company
                                   studies initiated
                                   in February 1999.

Bromotaxane    Various cancers     Preclinical        The Company
                                   toxicology
                                   studies

Ceramides      Various cancers     Research           The Company
and
sphingosines

Gene Therapy   Efficient delivery  Research           The Company
Delivery       of genes to target
               using fusogenic
               liposomes

(1)  Research denotes work up to and including bench scale production of a
     formulation  that meets the basic product performance characteristics
     established  for  the  product including  demonstration  of  in  vivo
     efficacy in animal models.

     Preclinical  testing  denotes  work  to  refine  product  performance
     characteristics   and   studies  relating  to  product   composition,
     stability,  scale-up,  toxicity and efficacy to  create  a  prototype
     formulation in preparation for the filing of an IND application  with
     the  FDA  for  authority  to  commence testing  in  humans  (clinical
     studies).

     Phase  I-III  clinical studies denote safety and  efficacy  tests  in
     human patients in accordance with FDA guidelines as follows:
      Phase I:  Dosage and tolerance studies.
           Phase II:     Detailed evaluations of safety and efficacy.
            Phase  III:     Larger scale evaluation of safety and efficacy
            potentially  requiring  larger patient numbers,  depending  on
            the  clinical  indication  for  which  marketing  approval  is
            sought.
      See "Governmental Regulation" and "Additional Risk Factors."

Technology

   The  Company's products are based on its proprietary knowledge of lipid
technology to employ liposomes or lipid complexes as a vehicle to  deliver
an  active therapeutic ingredient, or in the case of bioactive lipids,  to
develop  novel therapeutics based on lipids that are biologically  active.
Liposomes are microscopic man-made spheres composed of lipids that can  be
engineered to entrap drugs or other biologically active molecules. A lipid
complex  is  an  organized  assembly of phospholipids  whereby  an  active
pharmaceutical  is  interspersed  and tightly  bound  to  adjoining  lipid
molecules.   In  many cases, lipid complexed and liposomal pharmaceuticals
can  provide  less  toxicity and/or better efficacy than  might  otherwise
result from the underlying active ingredient.

   Lipid  technology is broad and offers numbers of opportunities for  the
development of new therapeutics.  Recent advances in the understanding  of
the  biological  roles of lipids suggest that, in addition  to  forming  a
protective barrier enabling cells to live, they also serve other purposes,
such   as  communicating  information  that  originates  in  the  external
environment  to  the  internal chemistry of  the  cell.   Based  on  these
discoveries,  scientists  at  the Company believe  that  lipids  or  lipid
derivatives  are  likely  to play a pivotal role  in  modulating  cellular
chemistry  and  hence  cell function.  The research now  underway  at  the
Company is based on these new understandings of the role of lipids.   This
role   has  profound  pharmacological  implications,  i.e.,  that   lipids
themselves can be biologically active and therapeutically useful.

Products

  ABELCET (Amphotericin B Lipid Complex Injection)

   ABELCET (Amphotericin B Lipid Complex Injection) has been developed for
the   treatment  of  systemic  fungal  infections  such  as   candidiasis,
aspergillosis   and   cryptococcal  meningitis  occurring   primarily   in
immunocompromised patients such as cancer chemotherapy patients, organ and
bone marrow transplant recipients and people with AIDS.

   Amphotericin  B, the active ingredient in ABELCET, is a  broad-spectrum
anti-fungal agent that is believed to act by penetrating the cell wall  of
a fungus, thereby killing it.  In its conventional form, amphotericin B is
particularly toxic to the kidneys, an adverse effect that often  restricts
the  amount  that  can  be  administered to  a  patient.   While  still  a
nephrotoxic  drug,  ABELCET is able to deliver  much  greater  amounts  of
amphotericin B while significantly reducing the kidney toxicity associated
with the conventional drug.

   At  the end of 1999, ABELCET has received regulatory marketing approval
in  the  United  States  and twenty-four international  markets  including
France,   Italy,   the  United  Kingdom,  Canada  and   Spain.   Marketing
applications  are  in  various  stages of  review  in  several  additional
countries.

   Systemic  fungal infections are a major threat to those patients  whose
immune  systems are compromised.  The Company is marketing ABELCET in  the
United  States for the treatment of these infections in patients who  have
failed on or who are intolerant of conventional amphotericin B.  In France
and certain other countries ABELCET is marketed as a second line treatment
for  certain  severe  systemic fungal infections.  In  Italy,  Spain,  the
United  Kingdom and other countries, ABELCET has also been approved  as  a
primary (first-line) therapy for certain fungal infections.

  In May 1995, the Company filed a New Drug Application ("NDA")for ABELCET
with the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA").  Following  a
priority  review, the product was cleared for marketing in  November  1995
for  the treatment of aspergillosis in patients who have failed on, or who
are  intolerant  of, amphotericin B.  The Company commenced  shipments  of
ABELCET in the U.S. in December 1995.  In October 1996, following a second
priority  review,  the  FDA cleared for marketing an  expanded  label  for
ABELCET to include the treatment of all fungal infections in patients  who
have failed on, or who are intolerant of, amphotericin B.

   In  February  1995, the Company received its first approval  to  market
ABELCET  from the Medicines Control Agency of the United Kingdom.  ABELCET
was approved in Spain in late 1995 and in certain smaller countries during
1996.   During  the  latter part of 1997 and the beginning  of  1998,  the
Company  received  approvals to market ABELCET in Italy,  Austria,  Spain,
France, Switzerland, Canada, Norway and Hong Kong.  In September 1998, the
Company received approval to market ABELCET in Australia. During 1999, the
Company  received  approval to market ABELCET in the Netherlands,  Hungary
and  Turkey.  The Company believes it may receive marketing  approvals  in
additional countries during 2000 and in later years.

  EVACET (Liposomal Doxorubicin)

   The  Company is developing EVACET, liposomal doxorubicin (formerly  TLC
D-99),  as a treatment for metastatic breast cancer. Doxorubicin,  one  of
the  most widely-used chemotherapeutic drugs, is used in the treatment  of
many solid tumors, leukemias and lymphomas.  A substantial portion of  the
usage of doxorubicin is believed to be for the treatment of breast cancer,
and  about  40% of the U.S. usage is believed to be for the  treatment  of
metastatic breast cancer.  However, doxorubicin, in addition to the  acute
toxicities  typical  of  chemotherapeutic drugs,  can  cause  irreversible
cardiac damage which is often the cumulative dose-limiting factor for such
anthracycline   (anticancer)  chemotherapeutic  agents.   The   individual
maximum dosage given to a patient is limited by these and other toxic side
effects.

    EVACET,   a  liposomal  formulation  of  the  chemotherapeutic   agent
doxorubicin, is designed to reduce significantly the cardiotoxic  activity
of  the  parent drug (i.e. doxorubicin) while maintaining efficacy.  Three
Phase  III trials have been conducted by the Company: a single-agent trial
(n=224)   in  which  EVACET  was  compared  directly  to  doxorubicin,   a
combination trial (n=297) in which EVACET was compared to doxorubicin when
each was administered in combination with cyclophosphamide, and a European
combination  trial (n=160) in which EVACET was compared to epirubicin,  an
anthracycline therapy widely used in Europe, when each was administered in
combination with cyclophosphamide.

   In  December 1998, the Company filed an NDA with the FDA for  marketing
clearance  for  EVACET  as a first line treatment  for  metastatic  breast
cancer.  In  February  1999, the FDA notified  the  Company  that  it  had
accepted  its application for review. On September 16, 1999, the Oncologic
Drug  Advisory  Committee ("ODAC")to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
found that there was not sufficient evidence to recommend for approval the
Company's NDA for EVACET for the first line treatment of metastatic breast
cancer in combination with cyclophosphamide.  Accordingly, the ODAC  panel
voted against recommending the Company's NDA for EVACET.

  In response to the September 1999 ODAC meeting, the Company met with the
FDA  in  October  1999  and elected to resubmit  the  EVACET  NDA  pending
completion  of additional analyses suggested by the agency.   The  Company
completed  these  analyses and met with the agency  in  February  2000  to
review  the data as a potential step toward the resubmission of the EVACET
NDA.   Based  on  discussions with the FDA, the Company now believes  that
additional  clinical  data  will be needed in order  to  obtain  marketing
approval  for  EVACET  in the United States.  The EVACET  dossier  remains
under  review  by  the European and Canadian regulatory agencies  and  the
Company expects a decision on these regulatory filings before the  end  of
2000.   However, there can be no assurance that the Company  will  receive
marketing  clearance  from  the FDA or foreign regulatory  authorities  to
market EVACET in the United States or abroad.

   The  Company  reacquired all development, manufacturing  and  marketing
rights to EVACET from Pfizer in July 1997. Pfizer had previously been  co-
developing EVACET with the Company.  The Company assumed control over  and
the  cost of all clinical studies including the ongoing Phase III clinical
studies  noted  above that were previously being conducted and  funded  by
Pfizer.  Pfizer was also reimbursing the Company for substantially all  of
the  development costs of EVACET that were being incurred by the  Company.
Pfizer  made available a credit line of up to $10 million to continue  the
development of EVACET, and to the extent that any funding is actually used
by  the Company, the outstanding principal and interest would be repayable
on  the  earlier of 180 days after FDA clearance to market  EVACET  or  in
twenty quarterly installments commencing July 14, 2002. Pfizer is entitled
to  receive  royalties  on worldwide (except Japan)  commercial  sales  of
EVACET. There were no borrowings outstanding under this credit facility at
the end of 1999.


TLC ELL-12 (Liposomal Ether Lipid)

   The  Company is developing TLC ELL-12 (a liposomal ether lipid), a  new
cancer  therapeutic that may have applications for the treatment  of  many
different  cancers  including  prostate  cancer  and  non-small-cell  lung
carcinoma.

   TLC  ELL-12 is believed to employ a different mechanism of action  than
conventional anticancer agents; it does not interact directly with DNA and
is   not   myelosuppressive.   Thus,  it  may  complement  many   standard
chemotherapeutic agents. In preclinical studies conducted by the Company's
scientists,  TLC  ELL-12 has been shown to be active in  tumor  models  of
melanoma,  lung cancer, leukemia and multiple drug resistant  cell  lines.
Additionally, it has been shown to be active in a model of human  prostate
cancer.

   Ether  lipids  are  called  such because  their  chemical  construction
includes  an ether bond.  They have been shown to be active against  human
tumors  but  have  toxic side effects at therapeutic doses  that  severely
limit  their use as a human therapeutic agent.  TLC ELL-12 is a  liposomal
form  of  ether  lipid.   In  animal  models  it  has  been  shown  to  be
significantly more potent than non-liposome encapsulated ether lipid  and,
at  putative  therapeutic  doses, has not  demonstrated  toxicities.   Its
mechanism  of  action  is  believed to involve the  modulation  of  signal
transduction processes without direct interaction with DNA.  It may be for
this  reason  that  in animal studies TLC ELL-12 has  been  shown  not  to
possess  many of the toxicities, particularly myelosuppression,  that  are
seen with many other cancer drugs.

   The Company commenced Phase I clinical trials of TLC ELL-12 in February
1999  at  Duke  University Medical Center.  This clinical trial  is  still
ongoing.

Research Programs

  Bromotaxane

    Bromotaxane  (a  hydrophobic  derivative  of  paclitaxel)  has   shown
anticancer activity in several experimental models.  In a model of a human
ovarian  cancer  tumor, mice treated with bromotaxane have remained  tumor
free  for  extended  periods of time.  The Company entered  a  hydrophobic
taxane  derivative, into a formal development program in 1999, leading  to
the possible commencement of human clinical studies in 2001.

  Ceramides and Sphingosines

   Ceramides  and  sphingosines are molecules widely  implicated  in  cell
differentiation and apoptosis.  The Company has identified and developed a
family  of such molecules displaying anticancer activity.  In vitro,  they
have  been shown to be active against several human cancers including non-
small-cell lung, breast, renal cell, ovarian and colon cancer, as well  as
against  drug resistant cell lines.  One compound thus far apparently  has
activity against a multiple drug resistant tumor in vivo.  The Company  is
conducting research to identify molecules within this family that could be
attractive product candidates.

  Gene Therapy

   The  Company is conducting research to discover a means for efficiently
delivering  genes  to  their intended targets.  Company  researchers  have
successfully  put  DNA into liposomes and have achieved  fusion  of  these
liposomes  to  cells,  thereby accomplishing the direct  delivery  of  the
liposome  contents into the cell interior.  Company scientists  have  also
succeeded in protecting these liposomes from degradation and are  able  to
modulate  their circulation time.  The research team is now attempting  to
develop  systems  to target these fusogenic liposomes to  particular  cell
types.

Research Costs

  During 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Company's research and development costs
were  approximately  $25.5  million,  $26.4  million  and  $28.9  million,
respectively.

   There can be no assurance that any of the products described above,  or
resulting  from  the  Company's research programs,  will  be  successfully
developed,  prove  to be safe and efficacious at each  stage  of  clinical
trials, meet applicable regulatory standards, be capable of being produced
in commercial quantities at reasonable costs or be successfully marketed.

MANUFACTURING

   The  Company  owns  a  55,000  square foot  manufacturing  facility  in
Indianapolis,  Indiana, designed for the production  of  large  commercial
quantities  of  its products.  In August 1997, following a retrofit  of  a
portion  of the facility to manufacture ABELCET, the Company received  FDA
approval  for  commercial production of ABELCET from that  facility.   The
facility  has  also  been  approved  by several  international  regulatory
authorities.   During  1997,  the Company transferred  the  production  of
ABELCET from its Princeton manufacturing facility to Indianapolis in order
to  take advantage of the manufacturing economies available from producing
ABELCET on a larger scale.

   The  Company  also  has a multiproduct manufacturing  facility  at  its
Princeton  site.  This facility was designed to manufacture  clinical  and
initial commercial quantities of the Company's products and to accommodate
manufacturing for future products using similar processes.  This  facility
has  been approved by the FDA for the manufacture of ABELCET for  sale  in
the United States and by regulatory authorities in other countries.

   The Company believes that its current facilities, staff and sources and
availability  of  raw  materials  are  adequate  for  the  manufacture  of
preclinical  and clinical supplies of its products and for the  production
of  commercial quantities of ABELCET. There is no assurance that EVACET or
other  developmental  products  can  be  successfully  manufactured  on  a
commercial scale at the Company's current facilities.

   In  April  1998, the Company entered into a three-year  agreement  with
AstraZeneca  PLC  ("Astra") (formerly Astra USA, Inc.),  a  subsidiary  of
Astra  AB  of  Sweden,  to  manufacture  Astra's  M.V.I.-  12  Unit   Vial
(hereinafter  referred  to  as,  "MVI"). MVI  is  used  by  severely  ill,
hospitalized patients in need of nutritional supplements. The Company will
manufacture  MVI  at  its Indianapolis manufacturing facility.  Under  the
terms  of  the Agreement, AstraZeneca PLC ("Astra") (formerly  Astra  USA)
will  supply  bulk quantities of the vitamin product and will  market  the
finished  product. The Company will sterilize, fill, package  and  perform
quality control on MVI for Astra.

MARKETING STRATEGY

  In the United States and Canada, the Company markets ABELCET through its
own sales force of approximately forty experienced representatives.  Sales
representatives are based in key cities  throughout North America and  are
solely   dedicated   to   the   marketing  of   ABELCET    to   hospitals.
Internationally, the Company determines whether to market ABELCET directly
or  with  a partner on a country-by-country basis. In addition, sales  are
realized  on  a  named patient basis in certain countries where  marketing
approval has not yet been received.

   In December 1995, the Company entered into a marketing and distribution
agreement  with  Laboratorios Esteve SA ("Esteve") for  the  marketing  of
ABELCET   in  Spain  and  Portugal.   Esteve  is  a  leading  marketer  of
pharmaceutical products in Spain and is headquartered in Barcelona, Spain.
Under  the  agreement,  Esteve shall promote and  sell  ABELCET,  and  the
Company is responsible for overall strategy and product management.

   In  the  third quarter, 1997, the Company entered into agreements  with
affiliates   of  Wyeth-Ayerst  International,  Inc.  ("Wyeth-Ayerst"),   a
division  of  American  Home Products Corporation,  to  be  its  marketing
partners  in  France  and Italy.  Subsequently, the Company  entered  into
additional  agreements  with  Wyeth-Ayerst to  include  the  marketing  of
ABELCET  in  the Nordic countries.  Wyeth-Ayerst has a strong presence  in
the  European hospital market and is skilled in the infectious disease and
oncology sectors, which are primary areas of ABELCET usage.

   During  1998,  the Company entered into agreements with  affiliates  of
Wyeth-Ayerst  to market ABELCET in Austria and Greece and Amgen  Australia
Pty.  Ltd.,  a  division of Amgen  (NASDAQ: AMGN), to  market  ABELCET  in
Australia.

   During  1999,  the company entered into agreements with  affiliates  of
Wyeth-Ayerst to market ABELCET in Hungary, the Netherlands and the  United
Kingdom.  Prior to engaging Wyeth-Ayerst, the Company sold ABELCET in  the
United Kingdom through its own sales force.

    For  financial  information  concerning  the  Company's  domestic  and
international  operations, see "Management's Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Revenues" and Note  10  to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

CREDIT AND WORKING CAPITAL PRACTICES

   In  the  United  States, the Company sells ABELCET  primarily  to  drug
wholesalers who, in turn, sell the product to hospitals and certain  other
third parties.  In some cases, product is sold by the Company directly  to
institutions.

   International  sales  generally are made  to  the  Company's  marketing
partners,  in  countries where such agreements have been established,  and
directly  to  hospitals  in  countries  where  the  Company  has  retained
marketing  rights.  Hospitals overseas in general are funded  directly  by
the governments of the respective countries.

   The  Company's credit practices and related working capital  needs  are
believed   to  be  comparable  to  those  of  other  market  participants.
Collection periods tend to be longer for sales outside the United  States.
The  Company maintains credit insurance on large, selected accounts in the
United States subject to a deductible.

   Customers may return defective or out of date merchandise for credit or
replacement.  Such returns have been insignificant.

HUMAN RESOURCES

   At  the end of 1999, the Company had 306 full-time employees, 25 of who
hold  Ph.D.  degrees  and  3  of whom hold M.D.  degrees  or  the  foreign
equivalent.  Of these employees, 203 are engaged in research, development,
clinical  development  and  manufacturing  activities,  60  in  sales  and
marketing and 43 in administration.

   The Company considers its relations with its employees to be excellent.
None  of  its  employees is covered by a collective bargaining  agreement.
The Company attempts to offer competitive compensation and fringe benefits
programs to its employees.

PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

   The  Company  considers  the protection of its  proprietary  technology
rights  to  be  important to its business.  In addition to seeking  United
States  patent  protection for many of its inventions, the  Company  files
patent  applications  in  Canada, Japan, Western  European  countries  and
additional foreign countries on a selective basis in order to protect  the
inventions  deemed  to  be  important to the development  of  its  foreign
business.  At the end of 1999, the Company had 99 United States patents as
well  as  696  foreign  counterpart patents, and 29 United  States  patent
applications  and  196 foreign counterpart patent applications  (including
those  filed  in  designated  countries under  patent  treaties)  pending.
Patents  issued and applied for cover inventions, including new  types  of
liposomes and their preparation processes, for the therapeutic application
of liposomes, lipid purification, lipid based delivery systems and product
compositions.    The   Company  has  acquired  and  licensed   proprietary
technology  from universities, research organizations and other  companies
in return for payments and continuing royalty obligations. The Company has
obtained patents in the United States for inventions which may be employed
with respect to ABELCET, EVACET, TLC ELL-12 and the family of ceramides as
well  as aspects of the Company's technology in gene therapy delivery  and
has  patent  applications pending in Europe and Japan for such inventions.
The  Company has been awarded patents and has patent applications  pending
for  inventions,  which may be employed with respect to  these  and  other
products, in various selected countries as well.

   The  Company  owns worldwide rights to manufacture and  market  ABELCET
under  its  patent  rights and other proprietary  technology  rights.   In
connection  with  the reacquisition of product rights  from  Bristol-Myers
Squibb ("BMS") in January 1993, the Company agreed to pay royalties to BMS
on sales of ABELCET.  The Company also pays royalties to the University of
Texas  on  ABELCET sales pursuant to a litigation settlement finalized  in
July  1997.   This settlement gave the Company exclusive  rights  under  a
patent  assigned  to  the University of Texas by  inventors  at  the  M.D.
Anderson Cancer Center relating to liposomal amphotericin B.  A portion of
these royalties is offset against the royalty payments to BMS.

   Other public and private institutions, including universities, may have
filed  applications  for,  or have been issued  patents  with  respect  to
technology potentially useful or necessary to the Company. The  scope  and
validity of such patents, the extent to which the Company may wish or need
to  acquire  licenses under such patents, and the cost or availability  of
such licenses, are currently unknown.

   The  Company  also  intends to rely on trade  secrets  and  proprietary
know-how  and continuing technological innovation to maintain and  develop
its  commercial  position.  The Company has entered  into  confidentiality
agreements  with  its  employees, consultants and  advisors,  and  various
companies with which it does business.

   The  Company  owns rights in the trademarks employed in  its  business.
"ABELCET"  is a registered trademark in the United States and all  of  the
European  countries  in which Amphotericin B Lipid  Complex  Injection  is
approved  for  marketing. EVACET is a trademark  of  the  Company  pending
registration  in  a  number of countries. Other  trademarks  used  by  the
Company  include  the  graphic  ball logo, the  name  CLEAR,  the  slogan,
Expanding the Horizons of Biotechnology, and other trademarks and  service
marks identifying the Company's products and services.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

   Regulation by governmental authorities in the United States  and  other
countries is a significant factor in the production and marketing  of  the
Company's products and in its ongoing research and development activities.
In  order to test clinically, to produce and to market products for  human
therapeutic use, mandatory procedures and safety standards established  by
the FDA and comparable agencies in foreign countries must be followed.

   The  standard process required by the FDA before a pharmaceutical agent
may  be marketed in the United States includes (i) preclinical tests, (ii)
submission  to the FDA of an application for an Investigational  New  Drug
("IND"),  which  must  become effective before human clinical  trials  may
commence,  (iii)  adequate and well-controlled human  clinical  trials  to
establish the safety and efficacy of the drug in its intended application,
(iv)  submission to and acceptance by, the FDA of an NDA with  respect  to
drugs  or a Product License Application ("PLA") with respect to biologics,
and  (v)  FDA approval of the NDA or PLA prior to any commercial  sale  or
shipment  of the drug or biologic.  In addition to obtaining FDA  approval
for  each product, each domestic drug manufacturing establishment must  be
registered  or licensed by the FDA.  Domestic manufacturing establishments
are  subject  to  inspections by the FDA and by other federal,  state  and
local  agencies  and  must  comply with Good  Manufacturing  Practices  as
appropriate for production.

   Clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but
the  phases may overlap. In Phase I, the initial introduction of the  drug
to  humans, the drug is tested for dosage and tolerance. Phase II involves
detailed  evaluation of safety and efficacy.  Phase III trials consist  of
larger  scale  evaluation of safety and efficacy and  may  require  larger
patient  numbers, depending on the clinical indication for which marketing
approval is sought.

   The  process of completing clinical testing and obtaining FDA  approval
for  a  new  product is likely to take a number of years and  require  the
expenditure  of substantial resources. The FDA may grant an  unconditional
approval  of  a  drug  for a particular indication or may  grant  approval
conditioned  on  further postmarketing testing.  Even  after  initial  FDA
approval  has  been obtained, further studies may be required  to  provide
additional data on safety or to gain approval for the use of a product  as
a  treatment  for  clinical indications other than  those  for  which  the
product  was  initially  approved. The FDA may also require  postmarketing
testing  and  surveillance programs to monitor  the  drug's  efficacy  and
possible  side  effects.   Results  of these  postmarketing  programs  may
prevent, or limit, the further marketing of the products.

   Sales  of  pharmaceutical products outside of  the  United  States  are
subject  to  regulatory  requirements that vary  widely  from  country  to
country.  In the European Union ("EU"), the general trend has been  toward
coordination  of  common  standards for clinical  testing  of  new  drugs.
Generally,   the  level  of  regulation  in  the  EU  and  other   foreign
jurisdictions   is  somewhat  less  comprehensive  and   burdensome   than
regulation in the United States, but there are differences and, in  a  few
instances,   foreign   regulations  may  be  more  burdensome   than   FDA
requirements.  The  time required to obtain regulatory approval  from  the
comparable  regulatory agencies in each foreign country may be  longer  or
shorter than that required for FDA approval.

  In addition, the Company is and may be subject to regulation under state
and  federal law regarding occupational safety, laboratory practices,  the
use  and handling of radioisotopes, environmental protection and hazardous
substance  control and to other present and possible future local,  state,
federal and foreign regulation.

COMPETITION

   Competition in the pharmaceutical field generally, and in the  liposome
and lipid-based pharmaceutical industries in particular, is intense and is
based  on such factors as product performance, safety, patient compliance,
ease  of  use,  price, physician acceptance, marketing,  distribution  and
adaptability to various modes of administration. Technological competition
may  be  based  on the development of alternative products and  approaches
aimed  at  the treatment, diagnoses or prevention of the same diseases  as
the Company's products.

   Competition  from  other  companies will be  based  on  scientific  and
technological factors, the availability of patent protection, the  ability
to   commercialize  technological  developments,  the  ability  to  obtain
government  approval  for testing, manufacturing  and  marketing  and  the
economic factors resulting from the use of those products, including their
price.   There  are  many  companies, both public and  private,  including
well-known  pharmaceutical  and chemical companies,  many  of  which  have
greater  capital resources than the Company, that are seeking  to  develop
lipid  and  liposome  based products as well as products  based  on  other
drug-delivery technologies for therapeutic applications.

   The  Company is aware that other companies are developing and marketing
lipid-based   amphotericin  B  products.   The  Company's  two   principal
competitors in the lipid-based amphotericin B market are Gilead  Sciences,
Inc.   (NASDAQ:GILD)  and  ALZA  Corporation  (NYSE:AZA).  Each  of  these
companies'  liposomal amphotericin B products has regulatory  approval  in
the United States and other countries.

   The  two  principal competitors referred to in the preceding  paragraph
also   have  liposomal  anthracycline  products.   The  FDA  has   granted
accelerated  approval to one competitor for its product for the  treatment
of  Kaposi's  Sarcoma where other agents have failed and has  cleared  for
marketing the product of another competitor for the treatment of  Kaposi's
Sarcoma.   These  products are currently being marketed in  the  U.S.  and
certain  other  countries for these indications.  In June, 1999,  the  FDA
granted approval to one competitor for the treatment of refractory ovarian
cancer.  This liposomal anthracycline  is indicated for women with ovarian
cancer  who  have  disease that is refractory to paclitaxel  and  platinum
based chemotherapy regimens.

   Other  groups  active in the field include colleges, universities,  and
public and private research institutions which are becoming more active in
seeking   patent   protection.  These  institutions   have   also   become
increasingly competitive in recruiting personnel from a limited number  of
scientists and technicians.

ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS

   The growth, financial performance and business condition of the Company
may  be  affected  by  a  number of risk factors,  including  the  matters
discussed  below.   You should carefully consider the following  risks  in
addition  to  the  other  information  presented  in  this  form  10-K  in
evaluating the Company and its business.

   Uncertainty  of  Government Regulatory Requirements;  Lengthy  Approval
Process

  Human therapeutic products, vaccines and in vivo diagnostic products are
subject to rigorous preclinical and clinical testing and approval  by  the
FDA and comparable agencies in other countries and, to a lesser extent, by
state regulatory authorities prior to marketing.  The process of obtaining
such  approvals, especially for human therapeutic products, is  likely  to
take  a  number  of years and will involve the expenditure of  substantial
resources.  If the FDA requests additional data, these time periods can be
materially increased.  Even after such additional data is submitted, there
can  be  no  assurance  of obtaining FDA approval.  In  addition,  product
approvals  may  be withdrawn or limited for noncompliance with  regulatory
standards  or  the  occurrence of unforeseen  problems  following  initial
marketing.   The  Company  may encounter significant delays  or  excessive
costs  in  their  respective  efforts to  secure  necessary  approvals  or
licenses.   Future  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  legislative   or
administrative acts could also prevent or delay regulatory approval of the
Company's  products.  Failure to obtain or maintain requisite governmental
approvals,  or  failure to obtain approvals of the intended clinical  uses
requested,  could  delay or preclude the Company from  further  developing
particular  products  or  from  marketing their  products,  or  limit  the
commercial use of the products and thereby have a material adverse  effect
on  the  Company's  liquidity and financial condition.  The  Company  must
demonstrate  through  preclinical studies and  clinical  trials  that  the
product  is  safe and effective for use in each targeted  indication.  The
results  from  preclinical studies and early clinical trials  may  not  be
predictive  of results that will be obtained in large-scale  testing,  and
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the Company's  clinical  trials  will
demonstrate  the  safety and efficacy of any products or  will  result  in
marketable products. Many pharmaceutical and drug delivery companies  have
suffered  significant  setbacks in advanced clinical  trials,  even  after
obtaining promising results in earlier trials.

  Volatility of Stock Price

   There has been a history of significant volatility in the market prices
for  shares  of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry.   The  market
price  of  the  shares of the Company's Common Stock  has  been  volatile.
Factors  such  as  announcements  of  technological  innovations  or   new
commercial  products  by  the  Company or  its  competitors,  developments
relating  to  regulatory approvals, governmental regulation,  developments
regarding   product  development  activities,  developments  or   disputes
relating  to  patent  or proprietary rights, as well  as  period-to-period
fluctuations  in  revenues and financial results, may have  a  significant
impact on the market price of the Company's Common Stock.

    Uncertainty   of  Pharmaceutical  Pricing  and  Adequate   Third-Party
Reimbursement

   The  Company's  business may be materially adversely  affected  by  the
continuing  efforts of worldwide governmental and third  party  payers  to
contain  or  reduce the costs of pharmaceutical products.   An  increasing
emphasis on managed care and consolidation of hospital purchasing  in  the
United  States  has  and will continue to put pressure  on  pharmaceutical
pricing,  which could reduce the price that the Company is able to  charge
for  any  current  or future products. In addition, price competition  may
result  from  competing product sales, attempts to gain  market  share  or
introductory pricing programs, all of which could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition. The
Company's  ability to generate significant revenues from its products  may
also depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the costs  of
such  products  and related treatments will be available  from  government
health  administration authorities, private health coverage  insurers  and
other  payers.  If purchasers or users of the Company's products  are  not
entitled to adequate reimbursement for the cost of such products, they may
forego  or  reduce  such use. Significant uncertainty  exists  as  to  the
reimbursement  status of newly approved health care products,   and  there
can be no assurance that adequate third party coverage will be available.

  Adequacy of Product Liability Insurance

   The  testing,  manufacturing and marketing of  the  Company's  products
entail an inherent risk of adverse events that could expose the Company to
product  liability claims. The Company has obtained insurance against  the
risk of product liability claims. However, there is no guarantee that this
insurance  will  be  adequate, that the amount of this  insurance  can  be
increased,  or that the policies can be renewed. Moreover, the amount  and
scope of any coverage obtained may be inadequate to protect the Company in
the event of a successful product liability claim.

  Dependence on Key Personnel and Consultants

   The  Company's ability to successfully develop, manufacture and  market
products and to maintain a competitive position will depend in large  part
on  its  ability  to  attract and retain highly qualified  scientific  and
management  personnel  and  to  develop and  maintain  relationships  with
leading  research  institutions  and  consultants.  Competition  for  such
personnel and relationships is intense, and there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to continue to attract and retain such personnel.

  Dependence Upon Suppliers

  The Company currently relies on a limited number of suppliers to provide
the materials used to manufacture its products, certain of which materials
are  purchased only from one supplier.  In the event the Company could not
obtain  adequate  quantities  of necessary  materials  from  its  existing
suppliers,  there can be no assurance that the Company would  be  able  to
access alternative sources of supply within a reasonable period of time or
at  commercially  reasonable rates.  In particular, the Company  presently
acquires  amphotericin  B, a principal ingredient  in  ABELCET,  from  one
supplier  on what the Company believes are favorable terms.  Although  the
Company has qualified an alternative supplier for amphotericin B, the loss
of  the Company's current supplier could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company.  The unavailability of adequate commercial  quantities,  the
inability  to develop alternative sources, a reduction or interruption  in
supply  or a significant increase in the price of materials could  have  a
material adverse effect on the Company's ability to manufacture and market
its product.

  The Company's Dependence on and the Uncertainty of Protection of Patents
and Proprietary Rights

   The  protection provided to the Company by its patents and  proprietary
rights  is  key.   The Company has a number of United States  and  foreign
patents  and patent applications relating to various aspects of lipid  and
liposome technologies.  The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies
generally  is  highly  uncertain and involves complex  legal  and  factual
questions.   There can be no assurance that any patents  will  afford  the
Company commercially significant protection for its proprietary technology
or  have  commercial  application, and  litigation  may  be  necessary  to
determine  the  validity  and scope of the Company's  proprietary  rights.
Moreover, the patent laws of foreign countries and the enforcement of such
laws may afford less protection than comparable U.S. laws.

  Competition

    The  Company  is  aware  of  various  products  under  development  or
manufactured by competitors that are used for the prevention, diagnosis or
treatment  of  certain  diseases  the Company  has  targeted  for  product
development,  some  of  which  use  therapeutic  approaches  that  compete
directly  with certain of the Company's product candidates.  Some  of  the
Company's  competitors have substantially greater financial and  technical
resources and production and marketing capabilities than the Company.   In
addition,  many  of  the Company's competitors have significantly  greater
experience  than  the Company in preclinical testing  and  human  clinical
trials  of  new  or  improved  pharmaceutical products  and  in  obtaining
approval  from  the  U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA")  and  other
regulatory  approvals on products for use in health care.  In  particular,
the  Company  is aware that other companies are developing lipid-based  or
liposomal  amphotericin B products and have obtained regulatory  approvals
for  such products in certain markets.  Two competitors received approvals
for  lipid-based amphotericin B products in certain markets before ABELCET
was approved, which may confer a competitive advantage for their products.
In   the  United  States,  although  ABELCET  was  the  first  lipid-based
amphotericin  B  product  to be approved for marketing,  one  competitor's
product   was  approved  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  1996,  and  another
competitor's  product was approved in August 1997.   Other  companies  are
developing  anti-fungal  products that  may  compete  with  the  Company's
product.   Although it cannot be predicted how the existence of  competing
lipid-based  and  non lipid based products may affect the U.S.  antifungal
market,  it  is  possible that the Company's share  of  this  market  will
continue  to  decline and that price competition will reduce  the  overall
size  of  the  market.  In addition, other companies are  also  developing
liposomal anthracycline products similar to EVACET, two of which have been
cleared by the FDA for treatment of Kaposi's Sarcoma and one of which  has
been  cleared for the treatment of refractory ovarian cancer.  The Company
is  also  competing with respect to manufacturing efficiency and marketing
capabilities, areas in which the Company has limited experience.

  Dependence on ABELCET Revenues

  The Company currently derives a substantial portion of its revenues from
the  sale  of  ABELCET; its only approved product.  The  Company's  annual
operating  results depend upon a variety of factors including  the  price,
volume and timing of ABELCET sales.  If demand for ABELCET were to decline
or  revenues were to fall, whether by introduction of competitive products
or otherwise, the Company's financial results would be adversely affected.
There  can  be no assurance that the Company's revenues from the  sale  of
ABELCET will not decline due to the aforementioned factors.

   Uncertainty  of  Future  Financial Results; Fluctuations  in  Operating
Results

   The  Company's  quarterly operating results depend upon  a  variety  of
factors,  including the price, volume and timing of ABELCET sales;  timing
and  amount of royalties, fees and contract revenues; the availability  of
third-party  reimbursement; and the regulatory approvals of new  products,
or  expanded  labeling  of  existing products.   The  Company's  quarterly
operating  results  may also fluctuate significantly  depending  on  other
factors,  including  the timing of approvals and the  success  of  product
launches  in international markets, the expansion of clinical  trials  for
ABELCET   and   EVACET,  changes  in  the  Company's  level  of   research
expenditures,  and  variations in gross margins  that  may  be  caused  by
increased  costs of raw materials, competitive pricing pressures,  or  the
mix  between product sales in the United States and sales to the Company's
international  marketing partners and distributors.  The  Company  expects
quarter-to-quarter fluctuations to continue in the future, and  there  can
be  no assurance that the Company's revenues will not decline or that  the
Company will be profitable in future periods.

   The  Company's  Marketing  Staff  Competes  with  Large  Pharmaceutical
   Companies

   The  pharmaceutical  industry  is highly  competitive.   The  Company's
products  compete,  and  products the Company may develop  are  likely  to
compete,  with  products of other companies that currently have  extensive
and  well-funded marketing and sales operations.  Because these  companies
are capable of devoting significantly greater resources to their marketing
efforts,  the  Company's  marketing  or  sales  efforts  may  not  compete
successfully against the efforts of these other companies.

Item 2.  Properties

   The  Company  leases  space in all of one and a portion  of  two  other
facilities  in  the  vicinity  of  Princeton,  New  Jersey  and   owns   a
manufacturing facility in Indianapolis, Indiana.

   The  Company currently leases a building of approximately 50,000 square
feet  that  houses scientific laboratories, manufacturing  facilities  and
certain  offices in the Princeton Forrestal Center located near Princeton,
New  Jersey.   The lease, with an initial term of twelve years,  commenced
January 1, 1995, and includes options to renew for up to an additional ten
years.   Lease  payments  for  the  year ended  January  2,  2000  totaled
approximately  $568,000.  Future lease payments  are  subject  to  certain
escalation  provisions  as contained in the lease agreement.  The  Company
also  leases approximately 28,500 square feet of office space  located  in
the  Princeton Forrestal Center.  The lease commenced March  1,  1993  and
expires  in  February 2003. Payments under this lease for the  year  ended
January  2,  2000  totaled approximately $712,000.  In January  1995,  the
Company  entered  into  a lease for approximately 13,200  square  feet  of
office/warehouse space near its corporate offices.  In December, 1997, the
lease  was extended to March 2002. Rent expense for this facility  totaled
approximately $72,000 for 1999.

   The  Company also leases office space in London, England.  A  ten  year
agreement  was signed in October 1996, expiring in September  2006.   Rent
expense was approximately $268,000 for 1999.

   In  July  1992,  the  Company purchased a pharmaceutical  manufacturing
facility of approximately 55,000 square feet located on 26 acres  of  land
located  in  Indianapolis,  Indiana.  The Company  has  received  FDA  and
certain   international   regulatory  agency  approvals   to   manufacture
commercial  supplies  of ABELCET from this facility.  See  "Manufacturing"
and  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources."


Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

   The Company is a party in an adversarial proceeding filed in the United
States Bankruptcy Court in Delaware by a chapter 7 bankruptcy trustee  for
the  estate  of the FoxMeyer Corporation, et al.  The complaint  seeks  to
avoid  and recover purported preferential transfers pursuant to 11  U.S.C.
Section  547  and  Section 550 from the Company  in  the  amount  of  $2.3
million.

   The Company is currently a party to various other legal actions arising
out of the normal course of business, none of which are expected to have a
material  effect  on  the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
Matters

  (a) Market Information

  The Company's Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market
System under the symbol LIPO. The following table sets forth for the
periods indicated the high and low sale price for the Common Stock:

                                   High        Low
1999
4th Quarter                       $14.00      $6.34
3rd Quarter                        28.50       6.75
2nd Quarter                        19.25      10.00
1st Quarter                        16.06      10.75

                                   High        Low
1998
4th Quarter                      $16.88       $5.13
3rd Quarter                        6.25       3.38
2nd Quarter                        8.63       4.69
1st Quarter                        6.44       4.69

 (b) Holders

At  February 29, 2000, there were approximately 907 stockholders of record
of the Company's Common Stock.

(c)  Dividends

The  Company has not paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock since its
inception and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its  Common
Stock  in  the foreseeable future.  The declaration and payment of  Common
Stock  dividends,  if  any,  is within the  discretion  of  the  Board  of
Directors  and will depend, among other things, upon future earnings,  the
operating   and   financial  condition  of  the   Company,   its   capital
requirements, and general business conditions.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth consolidated financial data with respect to
the  Company  for each of the five years in the period ending  January  2,
2000.  The information set forth below should be read in conjunction  with
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations  and  the Consolidated Financial Statements and  related  notes
included elsewhere herein.


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                Year
Ended______________________
                               1/2/00   1/3/99  12/28/97  12/29/96    12/31/95
                                    (In thousands, except per share data)

Product sales                $86,203  $73,495   $58,452   $52,840 $ 6,164
Collaborative research and
  development revenues            --       --     2,331     3,228   6,589
Interest, investment and
  other income                 6,267    4,373     4,313     3,864   2,964
  Total revenues              92,470   77,868    65,096    59,932  15,717
Cost of goods sold            20,284   20,805    22,029    16,559   2,304
Research and development expense 25,517 26,441   28,894    29,371  30,149
Selling, general and
  administrative expense      32,277   34,535    39,914    31,541  18,631
Interest expense                 551      773       705       339     294
  Total expenses              78,629   82,554    91,542    77,810  51,378
Net income/(loss) before dividends
   & taxes                    13,841  (4,686)  (26,446)  (17,878)(35,661)
Preferred Stock dividends         --       --        --   (1,235)  (5,348)
Net income/(loss) before taxes $13,841 $(4,686) $(26,446) $(19,113) $(41,009)
Provision for income taxes....     790      --        --        --     --
Net income/(loss)             $13,051  $(4,686) $(26,446) $(19,113) $(41,009)

Net income/(loss)per share (basic) $0.34  $(0.12) $(0.71) $(0.57)   $(1.50)

Net income/(loss)per share (diluted) $0.32 $(0.12) $(0.71) $(0.57)  $(1.50)
Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding (basic).   38,825   38,172  37,083   33,292    27,293
Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding (diluted)  40,284   38,172  37,083   33,292    27,293


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
SHEETS DATA:                                       Year
Ended______________________
                               1/2/00    1/3/99 12/28/97  12/29/96 12/31/95
                                             (In thousands)

Cash and marketable securities(1) $76,863  $54,343  $45,525 $47,180  $72,333
Working capital               67,329   41,401    41,566    46,781  64,422
Total assets                 110,758   90,574    91,500    94,555 105,926
Total long-term liabilities    2,383    5,089     6,879     7,555   4,104
Accumulated deficit          (180,479)(193,530)(188,844)(162,398)(144,520)
Total stockholders' equity   $90,729  $71,741   $73,662   $74,861 $89,832

(1)Includes restricted cash of $5,522, $11,930, $11,930, $6,930, and
   $6,642 in 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. See Note 1 of
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                          See accompanying notes.
Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations

       This  report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements
concerning the business, financial performance and financial condition  of
the  Company,  which  are subject to certain risks and uncertainties  that
could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated  in
any  forward-looking statement.  Factors that could cause such differences
include,  but  are  not limited to, those discussed  in  Part  I  Item  1,
Additional Risk Factors.  The following discussion and analysis should  be
read  in  conjunction  with  the Financial Statements  and  related  notes
thereto contained herein.

Merger with Elan Corporation, plc

On  March  6,  2000  the  Company announced that it  has  entered  into  a
definitive  merger  agreement under which Elan Corporation,  plc  ("Elan")
will  acquire  the  Company. Under the terms of the agreement,  Elan  will
acquire  all of the Company's outstanding stock in a tax-free,  stock-for-
stock  transaction.  The Company's shareholders will receive 0.3850 of  an
Elan  ADS  for  each share of The Liposome Company stock.   Based  on  the
closing  price of Elan ADS's on March 3, 2000 of $39.6875, the transaction
has  a  value  of  $15.28  per Company share and  an  aggregate  value  of
approximately  $575 million, including options and warrants and  adjusting
for  net  cash  on the Company's balance sheet and before  the  contingent
payment  described  below.  Elan may make a cash payment  to  the  Company
shareholders  of up to $98 million, contingent partly on the  approval  of
EVACET for the European Union, and partly on EVACET reaching certain sales
milestones outside the U.S.  Elan has also entered into an agreement  with
Ross  Financial Corporation, the Company's major shareholder, to  vote  in
favor  of  the transaction.  The transaction is subject to regulatory  and
the Company's shareholder approvals and is expected to close in the second
quarter of 2000.

Overview


The  Liposome Company, Inc. (the "Company") is a biopharmaceutical company
engaged  in  the  discovery, development, manufacturing and  marketing  of
proprietary  lipid-  and lipid-based pharmaceuticals,  primarily  for  the
treatment of cancer and other related life-threatening illnesses.  ABELCET
(Amphotericin   B   Lipid   Complex  Injection),   the   Company's   first
commercialized  product,  has  been approved  for  marketing  for  certain
indications in the United States and 24 foreign markets and is the subject
of  marketing  application filings in several  other  countries.   In  the
United  States,  ABELCET has been approved for the treatment  of  invasive
fungal  infections  in patients who are refractory  to  or  intolerant  of
conventional  amphotericin B therapy.  International approvals  have  been
received    for   primary   and/or   refractory   treatment    of    these
infections.  Currently all product sales are derived from ABELCET.

The  Company  markets ABELCET in the U.S. and Canada, with its  own  sales
force.   For other countries, the Company's strategy is to market  ABELCET
through   marketing   partners.   Specific  marketing   partnerships   are
determined on a country-by-country basis.  In addition, sales are realized
on  a "named patient" basis in certain countries where marketing approvals
have  not  yet  been received.  On August 31, 1999, the  Company  received
approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") for a new vial
size of ABELCET, which was launched in late September 1999. The ABELCET 50
milligram  size  is also available in the UK and Spain, with  applications
pending  in additional countries.  Previously, ABELCET was only  available
in  the  100  milligram vial size.  The 50 milligram size is  expected  to
provide  economies  in  dosing for hospitals, particularly  for  pediatric
patients.

The   Company   is   developing  EVACET  (formerly  TLC  D-99),   liposomal
doxorubicin,  as  a treatment for metastatic breast cancer and  potentially
other cancers.  The Company filed a New Drug Application ("NDA") for EVACET
with  the  FDA in December 1998.  The Company has also filed for  marketing
clearance of EVACET in the European Union and Canada in June 1999 and  July
1999, respectively, and anticipates a decision on the European and Canadian
regulatory  filings  before the end of 2000.  On September  16,  1999,  the
Oncologic Drugs Advisory Committee ("ODAC") to the FDA found that there was
not  sufficient  evidence to recommend for approval the Company's  NDA  for
EVACET  for  the  first-line  treatment  of  metastatic  breast  cancer  in
combination  with  cyclophosphamide. After consulting  with  the  FDA,  the
Company,  on  October  14,  1999, announced that  it  was  withdrawing  its
original  NDA for EVACET and would submit additional analyses to  the  FDA.
The  Company completed further analyses of clinical data and provided  them
to the FDA
Item  7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)

in  December 1999.  The Company announced on February 3, 2000, that it  had
met  with  the  FDA to discuss the additional analyses and based  on  those
discussions,  the Company believes that additional clinical  data  will  be
needed  in order to obtain marketing clearance for EVACET in the U.S.   The
Company  intends to work with the FDA to define a role for  EVACET  in  the
management of metastatic breast cancer and other cancers.  There can be  no
assurance  that  the FDA, Canadian or European regulatory authorities  will
grant the Company marketing clearance for EVACET.

During  August  1999,  the Company announced it had entered  into  clinical
trial  collaborations with Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.  ("AP")  (formerly
Rhone-Poulenc   Rorer  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.)  and  Bristol-Myers   Squibb
("BMS").  The clinical trial with AP is designed to evaluate the safety  of
EVACET  in  combination  with Taxotere (docetaxel)  for  the  treatment  of
metastatic  breast cancer.  This clinical trial collaboration with  BMS  is
designed  to  evaluate  the  safety of EVACET  in  combination  with  Taxol
(paclitaxel)  for the treatment of patients with metastatic breast  cancer.
These studies commenced patient enrollment in the latter part of 1999.   In
August  1999, the Company also announced that it had initiated  a  clinical
trial  of  EVACET  in  combination with the monoclonal  antibody  Herceptin
(Trastuzumab).  This clinical trial is designed to evaluate the safety  and
efficacy  of  EVACET  in  combination with  Herceptin  for  the  first-line
treatment of metastatic or locally advanced breast cancer.

On  December 9, 1999 the Company announced its participation  in  the  New
Jersey Technology Tax Transfer Program (the "Program").  The state of  New
Jersey has authorized the Company to sell $10 million in New Jersey  State
income  tax  benefits  over  the next several years.   During  the  fourth
quarter  of  1999,  the  Company received  $3,018,000  from  the  sale  of
$3,659,000  of  its  New  Jersey State net operating  loss  carryforwards.
These  funds  have  been  included as cash  reserves  with  an  offsetting
deferred  liability  recorded.   The Program  requires  that  the  Company
maintain  certain  employment levels in New Jersey and that  the  proceeds
from  the sale of the tax benefits be spent in New Jersey during the  year
2000.   Accordingly, the recognition of the tax benefit has been  deferred
until all conditions stipulated in the Program have been met.

On  October  20, 1999, The Liposome Company's Board of Directors  enlarged
the Board from 9 to 10 Directors and elected Kenneth E. Johns, Jr. to fill
the open position.  Mr. Johns is engaged in the private practice of law in
Dallas,  Texas  and  is  a  Special Assistant to  the  President  of  Ross
Financial  Corporation.   Ross  Financial  Corporation  is  the  Company's
largest shareholder and owns approximately 22.66% of the Company's  Common
Stock.

On  October  27, 1998 the Company announced that the FDA had  cleared  its
Investigational  New  Drug  application for TLC  ELL-12  (liposomal  ether
lipid).   A  Phase  I  clinical trial has been designed  to  enroll  adult
patients  with advanced solid tumors.  Patient enrollment for  this  trial
commenced in February 1999.  The Company intends to open a second clinical
site  in the second quarter of 2000 in order to accrue additional patients
in this clinical study.

The  Company has a continuing discovery research program concentrating  on
oncology  treatment  and  has  a number of products  in  research.   These
products  include:  bromotaxane (hydrophobic derivatives  of  paclitaxel),
some  of  which  have  shown anticancer activity in  several  experimental
models;  ceramides and sphingosines (molecules widely implicated  in  cell
differentiation and apoptosis) certain of which the Company has identified
as  displaying  anticancer  activity; and fusogenic  liposomes  (liposomes
specifically designed to fuse to cell membranes), which the Company  hopes
to use for the efficient delivery of genes to their intended targets.

On  June  25, 1997, the Company announced results of a Phase III study  of
VENTUSTM as a treatment for Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS), an
inflammatory condition affecting the lungs.  The Company's analysis of the
two  arms  of the study showed no significant difference between  patients
receiving  VENTUSTM or placebo either in reducing the time  on  mechanical
ventilation or in 28 day mortality.  No safety concerns for the drug  were
identified.

Following  the  results of the VENTUSTM study, the Company  announced  its
intention  to  focus  its  resources on the  development  of  an  oncology
franchise.   As  part  of implementing this future strategy,  the  Company
restructured its operations to focus the organization on the development
Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)

and  marketing  of oncology and related pharmaceuticals. The restructuring
eliminated  137 positions, which resulted in unusual charges of $2,550,000
in 1997.

Additionally, in order to gain operational access to a second, potentially
significant  oncology-related drug, the Company reacquired,  on  July  14,
1997,  all development, manufacturing and marketing rights to EVACET  from
Pfizer  Inc.  ("Pfizer"), which had previously been  co-developing  EVACET
with the Company. The Company assumed control and the cost of all clinical
studies,  including  the  ongoing Phase III  clinical  studies  that  were
previously  being  conducted by Pfizer. Pfizer will receive  royalties  on
worldwide (except Japan) commercial sales of EVACET.

In  1997,  the Company entered into agreements to settle patent litigation
with  the  University of Texas and M.D. Anderson Cancer Center ("UT")  and
with  NeXstar  Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ("NeXstar"),  (now  Gilead  Sciences,
Inc.)  and  Fujisawa  U.S.A., Inc.  Under the UT  settlement  the  Company
received  an  exclusive license under UT's patent, paid past royalties  on
sales of ABELCET agreed to pay royalties on future sales, and issued to UT
a  ten-year  warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company's  Common
Stock  at  $15.00  per share.  Under the NeXstar settlement,  the  Company
received  an  initial  payment of $1,750,000 in 1997 and  began  receiving
quarterly  minimum  payments in 1998.  These payments  are  classified  as
interest,  investment  and  other  income  based  on  worldwide  sales  of
AmBisome.   The cumulative amount of these receipts through year-end  1999
is approximately $6.0 million.

On  April  22, 1998 the Company announced it had entered into a three-year
contract  manufacturing agreement with AstraZeneca PLC ("Astra") (formerly
Astra USA, Inc.).  The Company is processing and packaging Astra's M.V.I.r-
12  Unit  Vial, an injectable multi-vitamin product used by severely  ill,
hospitalized patients in need of nutritional supplements.  The product  is
processed  and  packaged  at the Company's Indianapolis  facility,  taking
advantage of its modern, large-scale capabilities.  Under the terms of the
agreement, Astra supplies bulk quantities of the vitamin product  and  the
Company  sterilizes,  fills,  packages and  performs  quality  control  on
M.V.I.r-12  Unit Vial.  In early 1999, the Company commenced manufacturing
and recording revenues related to Astra.


Results of Operations


Revenues

Total  revenues  for the year ended January 2, 2000 were  $92,470,000,  an
increase  of  $14,602,000 or 18.8% compared to $77,868,000  for  the  year
ended  January 3, 1999. The primary components of revenues for the Company
are  product  sales of ABELCET and interest, investment and other  income.
Collaborative  research and development revenue was also included  in  the
1997 period, due to the co-development agreement with Pfizer.  The revenue
growth in 1999 is attributable to increased product sales of ABELCET, both
in  the  U.S. and internationally, and higher interest and royalty income.
Revenues  in  1998 were $77,868,000, an increase of $12,772,000  or  19.6%
over the 1997 revenues of  $65,096,000.  The primary reason for the growth
in  1998  was  due  to increased market penetration of ABELCET  worldwide,
partially  offset  by  the  cessation of the  collaborative  research  and
development  revenue during the second half of 1997 as  a  result  of  the
reacquisition of EVACET from Pfizer.

Domestic and international net sales for the past three years were:

         Fiscal Year Ended        U.S.         International

         January 2, 2000      $69,126,000      $17,077,000
         January 3, 1999      $58,936,000      $14,559,000
         December 28, 1997    $49,273,000      $ 9,179,000

Domestic  dollar  sales  in  1999 grew by  17.3%  over  1998,  while  unit
shipments increased by 16.4% during the same period. The strong growth  is
due  to  the  continued market penetration resulting from  the  successful
impact  of  the  tiered  pricing program and expansion  into  the  generic
amphotericin B marketplace as patients use more drug and are  treated  for
longer periods of
Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)

time.   Based  on  the  latest independent market data available,  ABELCET
continues  to  hold  the largest share of the lipid based  amphotericin  B
products  sold  in the U.S. During 1997, the Company instituted  a  tiered
pricing  program  by  offering discounts to high volume  purchasers.   The
price  reduction is affected by chargebacks paid to wholesalers  based  on
their sales at contract prices to targeted hospitals. The Company provides
a  reserve  for the impact on sales for these rebates and chargebacks  and
periodically evaluates the estimates used in establishing the reserve. The
provision   for   the  year  ended  January  2,  2000  was   approximately
$38,089,000.   During September 1999, the Company received  FDA  marketing
clearance  and  launched  a new ABELCET vial size  (50  milligram),  which
contributed to the U.S. sales increase.  The Company expects that this new
vial  size  will encourage more cost-effective utilization of  ABELCET  in
dosing for hospitals, particularly for pediatric patients.

The  increase in U.S. sales in 1998 from 1997 of $9,663,000 or  19.6%  was
attributable   to   the   factors  previously  discussed   regarding   the
implementation  of  the  tiered  pricing  program  and  increased   market
penetration.  The  rebate  and chargeback provision  for  the  year  ended
January 3, 1999 was approximately $28,684,000.

Internationally,  the Company has been approved to market  ABELCET  in  25
markets.   In addition, sales are realized on a "named patient"  basis  in
certain countries where marketing approval has not yet been received.   In
1999,   ABELCET  was  launched  in  Australia  and  Turkey  and  marketing
activities  were shifted to a marketing partner in the U.K.  During  1998,
the  Company marketed ABELCET in the U.S., Canada and the U.K.  with  it's
own  sales force.  For other countries, the Company's general strategy  is
to  market  ABELCET  through marketing partners, with  specific  marketing
distribution alliances being determined on a country-by-country  basis  as
future market approvals are received.

International product sales were $17,077,000 for the year ended January 2,
2000,  $2,518,000 higher than the comparable prior year.  The majority  of
the growth is due to the impact of the launch of ABELCET in early 1999  in
Australia  and  in  late 1999 in Turkey, combined  with  sales  growth  in
Canada.   While  international sales revenues  increased  by  17.3%,  unit
volume  increased by 25.5%.  The principal reason for this  difference  is
due  to a lower international average selling price per vial during  1999,
resulting from the use of marketing partners in Europe.

International  sales were $14,559,000 and $9,179,000 for  1998  and  1997,
respectively.   The majority of the increase is due to the impact  of  the
launch of ABELCET in late 1997 in France, Italy and Canada, combined  with
sales  growth  in Spain.  While international sales revenues increased  by
58.6%,  unit  volume increased by 91.7%.  The principal  reason  for  this
difference is the mix of sales to end users (i.e. direct distribution)  in
certain countries versus sales to marketing partners in others.

Collaborative  research and development revenues were $2,331,000  for  the
year  ended December 28, 1997.  The absence of collaborative research  and
development  revenue  in  1999  and  1998  is  due  to  the  cessation  of
development  funding by Pfizer pursuant to the July 14, 1997 agreement  in
which  the Company reacquired all development, manufacturing and marketing
rights to EVACET from Pfizer.

Interest, investment and other income for the year ended January  2,  2000
was  $6,267,000 compared to $4,373,000 for the year ended January 3, 1999.
This  increase  of  $1,894,000 or 43.3% is primarily a  result  of  higher
interest  and  investment  income due to  greater  average  cash  balances
available  for  investment in the Company's portfolio during  1999.   Also
contributing  to this increase is net revenue related to the  commencement
of manufacturing for Astra during the first quarter of 1999, combined with
the  receipt of royalty payments from NeXstar (now Gilead Sciences,  Inc.)
as part of the settlement of patent litigation.

Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)

Interest, investment and other income for the year ended January  3,  1999
was  $4,373,000  compared to $4,313,000 for the year  ended  December  28,
1997.   The  minimal increase of $60,000 is primarily due  to  the  higher
interest  and  investment  income due to  greater  average  cash  balances
available for investment in the Company's portfolio during 1998, partially
offset by lower interest rates.



Expenses

The  components  of  total expenses are cost of goods sold,  research  and
development,  selling, general and administrative and  interest  expenses.
Total  expenses  for  the year ended January 2, 2000 were  $78,629,000,  a
decrease  of $3,925,000 or 4.8% below the prior year.  Total expenses  for
the year ended January 3, 1999 were $82,554,000, a decrease of $8,988,000,
or  9.8%  from  1997.   Included in the 1997 expenses  was  $3,900,000  of
unusual  charges incurred by the Company following the unfavorable results
of the VENTUST clinical study.

Cost  of  goods  sold for the year ended January 2, 2000  was  $20,284,000
compared  to $20,805,000 in the 1998 period.  The decrease of $521,000  is
attributable  to  lower  production  costs  for  ABELCET  resulting   from
manufacturing  efficiencies at the Indianapolis facility, improved  yields
due  to the implementation of certain process enhancements and lower  unit
overhead  absorption  related  to  the  contract  manufacturing  business.
Partially  offsetting the reduction in the cost of goods is the impact  of
higher sales volume. Gross margin in the 1999 period was 76.5% compared to
71.7%  in the 1998 period, an improvement of 4.8 percentage points.   This
improvement is due to the manufacturing efficiencies discussed above.

Cost  of  goods  sold for the year ended January 3, 1999, was  $20,805,000
compared  to   $22,029,000 in the 1997 period.   The  $1,224,000  or  5.6%
decrease  was due to lower manufacturing costs related to the high  volume
efficiencies  realized during 1998 at the Indianapolis facility,  combined
with  the  impact  of  the Company's decision not to  manufacture  ABELCET
during  the last half of 1997 in order to reduce inventories.  As a result
of  this  decision,  certain manufacturing overhead and  fixed  costs  for
Indianapolis were reflected in cost of goods sold in the 1997 period  even
though no product was manufactured.  Partially offsetting the decrease  is
the impact of the higher sales volume in the 1998 period.  Gross margin in
the  1998  period  was  71.7% compared to 62.3% in  the  1997  period,  an
improvement  of 9.4 percentage points.  This improvement  is  due  to  the
factors discussed above.

Research  and  development  expenses,  which  also  include  clinical  and
regulatory  activities, were $25,517,000 for the  year  ended  January  2,
2000,  compared  to $26,441,000 for 1998 and $28,894,000  for  1997.   The
reduction of $924,000 is  primarily due to the completion, in 1998, of the
Phase  III  clinical trials of EVACET for which the Company filed  a  NDA.
Partially offsetting  this reduction is increased research and development
activity for other projects in the Company's developmental pipeline.   The
decrease in spending of $2,453,000 from 1997 to 1998 is primarily  due  to
the  completion of the pivotal Phase III studies of EVACET  combined  with
the  absence  of  clinical study costs associated with  VENTUST  in  1998.
Partially  offsetting the decrease, is increased research and  development
activity   for   TLC  ELL-12  and  the  reorientation  of  the   Princeton
manufacturing facility to the production of clinical supplies.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 1999 were $32,277,000,  a
decrease  of $2,258,000 versus 1998.  The primary reasons for the decrease
is  due  to  the shift in European selling and marketing activities  to  a
marketing partner and the resulting reduction of international selling and
marketing  costs,  combined with lower depreciation and employee  benefits
costs  during 1999.  The decrease was partially offset by costs associated
with pre-launch marketing and planning expenses for EVACET.

Selling,  general and administrative expenses for the years ended  January
3,   1999   and  December  28,  1997  were  $34,535,000  and  $39,914,000,
respectively.  The principal reasons for the decrease were the absence  in
1998 of the restructuring charge of $2,550,000 recorded in 1997,
Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)

the  elimination of litigation costs relating to the University  of  Texas
and  NeXstar patent lawsuits and reduced international sales and marketing
expenditures.

Interest  expense was $551,000, $773,000 and $705,000 for 1999,  1998  and
1997,  respectively.  The decrease from 1998 to 1999 was  related  to  the
payoff  of the mortgage on the Indianapolis building in the third  quarter
of  1999,  as  well  as the overall reduction in the debt  outstanding  on
capital  leases.  The largest components of costs are associated with  the
capital  leases for the Princeton and Indianapolis manufacturing equipment
and  mortgage interest related to the Indianapolis facility.  In  November
1997  and  January  1998,  the  Company refinanced  certain  manufacturing
equipment  under  the  original  1993  lease.   This  refinancing  of  the
Princeton  and  Indianapolis equipment leases  for  a  three-year  period,
caused an increase in interest expenses in the 1998 period.

Income Taxes

After  18  years  of  consecutive losses, the Company reported  its  first
profitable  year in 1999.  During 1999, the Company recorded  a  provision
for  Federal,  state  and  foreign taxes of $790,000.   There  was  not  a
requirement  to  provide tax in 1998 or 1997 since  the  Company  incurred
losses  in both of these years. The Company's effective tax rate for  1999
was 5.7% versus the U.S. and state blended statutory rate of approximately
40%.  The relationship of the tax expense to income before taxes for  1999
differs  from the U.S. statutory rate primarily because of the utilization
of  previously  fully reserved net operating loss carryforwards,  the  tax
treatment  of  foreign  operations by foreign  jurisdictions  and  Federal
alternative   minimum  tax  ("AMT")  considerations.   As   the   ultimate
realization  of  the  net  deferred tax  assets  is  uncertain,  valuation
allowances  have  been  retained.  Contingent  upon  the  achievement   of
profitability for two consecutive years, management will recognize the tax
benefit  in  accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
("SFAS") No. 109.

Net Income/ (Loss) and Net Income/(Loss) per Share

As   a   result  of  the  factors  discussed  above,  the  Company's   net
income/(loss)  was  $13,051,000, ($4,686,000) and  ($26,446,000)  for  the
1999,  1998  and 1997 fiscal years, respectively.  The net income/  (loss)
per  share  for these years were $0.32, ($0.12) and ($0.71), respectively.
Weighted  average  shares used in the diluted per share calculations  were
40,284,000,  38,172,000  and 37,083,000, respectively.   The  increase  of
2,112,000  shares from 1998 to 1999 was attributable to the  inclusion  of
contingently  issuable shares, exercise of stock options  and  the  401(k)
stock  match.  The increase in average shares outstanding in 1998 compared
to 1997 was due to the annualized effect of the private placement in 1997,
exercise  of  stock options, issuance of restricted stock and  the  401(k)
stock  match.   During the 1998 and 1997, the number of shares  of  Common
Stock used in each twelve-month period to calculate basic and diluted loss
per  share were identical as the Company was in a loss position for  these
fiscal years and the inclusion of contingently issuable shares would  have
been anti-dilutive.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

The  Company  had  $76,863,000  in cash and marketable  securities  as  of
January  2,  2000.  Included in this amount were cash and cash equivalents
of  $34,461,000, short-term investments of $36,880,000 and restricted cash
of  $5,522,000.   The Company invests its cash reserves in  a  diversified
portfolio of high-grade corporate marketable and United States Government-
backed  securities.   The  market  value  of  certain  securities  in  the
Company's  investment  portfolio  at  January  2,  2000  was  below  their
acquisition  cost.  This  unrealized loss of $433,000  is  recorded  as  a
reduction of shareholders' equity.

Cash  and  marketable  securities (both short-term  and  restricted  cash)
increased  $22,520,000  from January 3, 1999  to  January  2,  2000.   The
primary  components of the favorable impact were cash flow from operations
(net income plus depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges) of
$20,434,000,  the  deferred  liability  related  to  the  sales  of   loss
carryforwards  of $3,018,000 and exercise of stock options of  $4,224,000.
The major uses of funds were the principal repayments on the capital lease
and  note payable totaling $2,976,000, capital spending of $1,503,000  and
the purchase of treasury stock of $950,000.

Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)


Inventories  at January 2, 2000 increased $552,000 from January  3,  1999,
primarily  due  to the building of raw materials levels  to  meet  current
manufacturing  demand and to ensure an adequate supply of key  ingredients
during the Y2K period.  At January 3, 1999 inventories were $5,566,000  or
$4,964,000 lower than 1997 levels.  During 1997, the Company completed its
plan  to  shift manufacturing of ABELCET from Princeton to its  new,  more
cost  efficient facility in Indianapolis, Indiana.  In order to  ensure  a
smooth  transition, the Company increased its inventory of ABELCET  during
the  first  half of 1997.  FDA approval of the Indianapolis  facility  was
received  during the third quarter of 1997, and the Company has reoriented
the  Princeton  manufacturing  facility  to  the  production  of  clinical
supplies.

Accrued  expenses and other current liabilities at January  2,  2000  were
$8,747,000  or  $1,390,000 higher than January 3, 1999.  The  increase  in
accrued  expenses and other current liabilities is primarily  due  to  the
increased income taxes payable relating to the 1999 profitability, royalty
payments and bonuses relating to higher ABELCET sales.

Deferred  liability at January 2, 2000 was $3,018,000, which was  recorded
in  the  fourth  quarter of 1999.  This balance reflects  the  receipt  of
proceeds   from   the  sale  of  New  Jersey  State  net  operating   loss
carryforwards at the end of 1999.  These funds have been included as  cash
reserves in 1999, with an offsetting deferred liability recorded.

In  July  1993,  the  Company entered into a capitalized  lease  financing
agreement  for  certain manufacturing equipment providing for  an  initial
lease  term  followed  by options to extend the lease,  or  to  return  or
purchase  the equipment.  In December 1996, the agreement was  amended  to
include  an additional $6,101,000 of manufacturing equipment.  In November
1997  and  January  1998, the Company exercised its  options  to  purchase
certain  manufacturing  equipment  under  the  original  1993  lease   for
$1,583,000  and  $495,000,  respectively.  These  amounts  have  been  re-
financed  as  a capital lease obligation under the lease agreement  for  a
three-year  period.  The lease is collateralized by $4,122,000 in  standby
letters  of  credit  which  are  in return  collateralized  by  AAA  rated
securities  owned  by  the Company.  Pursuant to the December  1996  lease
amendment,  the  Company  is required to maintain  a  minimum  balance  of
$25,000,000 in cash and marketable securities, including those  securities
collateralizing the letters of credit.  In addition, the Company completed
a U.S. working capital revolving credit line agreement in early 1997, with
a maximum capacity of $14,000,000.  This agreement expired in January 2000
and the Company has chosen not to renew it.

As  part of the agreement to repurchase the development, manufacturing and
marketing rights to EVACET, the Company obtained from Pfizer a credit line
of up to $10,000,000 to continue the development of EVACET.  To the extent
that  any  funding  is  actually  used by  the  Company,  the  outstanding
principal and interest would be repayable on the earlier of 180 days after
FDA  clearance  to  market  EVACETTM or in twenty  quarterly  installments
commencing  July  14,  2002. Pfizer at its option  may  elect  to  receive
payment in the form of shares of Common Stock.  At the end of 1999,  there
were no borrowings under this facility.

The  Company had a mortgage-backed note to partially fund the purchase  of
the  Indianapolis  manufacturing facility.  During the  third  quarter  of
1999,  the  Company paid off the remaining principal balance plus  accrued
interest.

On  April 23, 1997 the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock  at
$20.875  per  share  to  a private investor for cash  of  $20,875,000.  At
February   29,  2000,  this  investor  has  reported  total  holdings   of
approximately 22.66% of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock.

The  Company  expects  to  finance  its operations  and  capital  spending
requirements from, among other things, the proceeds received from  product
sales,  interest earned on investments and the proceeds from  maturity  or
sale of certain investments.  Cash may also be provided to the Company  by
leasing  arrangements  for  capital expenditures,  the  licensing  of  its
products  and  technology and the sale of equity or debt securities.   The
Company  believes  that  its  product revenues  and  revenues  from  other
sources,  coupled  with  its  available  cash  and  marketable  securities
reserves,  will be sufficient to meet its expected operating  and  capital
cash flow requirements for the intermediate term.


Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)

Year 2000 Compliance

The  Year  2000 computer issue ("Y2K") refers to a condition  in  computer
software where a two-digit field rather than a four-digit field is used to
distinguish a calendar year.  For example, 1998 would be stored  as  "98",
rather than "1998".  The basic problem is that when the year changes  from
1999 (99) to the year 2000 (00), some computer programs will be unable  to
distinguish  the  correct  date.   Such a  situation  could  significantly
interfere  with  the  conduct  of  the  Company's  business,  disrupt  its
operations and materially impact its financial condition.

The  Company  began addressing the Y2K computer issue  early  in  1998  by
conducting a Year 2000 implementation and remediation investigation.   The
goal  of the investigation was to identify and determine the Y2K readiness
of  all hardware systems, software systems and sub-components used in  the
Company's business environment.  The systems investigated were categorized
into   three   areas.   The  first  involved  the  traditional  Management
Information  Systems  that  include computers, telecommunication  devices,
application  software, operating system software, and related peripherals.
The  second involved manufacturing and facility systems including machines
and  devices used to manufacture, store, and test our product.  The  third
involved   research   systems   including   computer-controlled   devices,
calibration  equipment,  and  similar instruments.   The  results  of  the
investigation  were  used to develop a comprehensive remediation  plan  to
perform  the  necessary hardware, software, and sub-component upgrades  to
implement corrective action.

Compliance  testing  and remediation efforts were accomplished  throughout
1999  and  completed in December 1999.  With respect to  remediation,  the
Company  had  prepared  various  types of  contingency  plans  to  address
potential  problems  with each of the major systems.   Each  software  and
hardware system was assigned to on-call personnel responsible for bringing
the system back on line in the event of a failure.  Personnel were also on-
site  during the transition to Y2K to monitor and test major systems.   No
Y2K  problems  have  been  encountered in either  the  Company's  in-house
hardware  or  software systems or in systems maintained by our  customers,
suppliers  and  vendors.   As part of its program  to  safeguard  business
processes  from Y2K associated interruptions the Company will continue  to
monitor both internal and external systems.

As  of  January  2,  2000,  the Company had incurred  aggregate  costs  of
approximately $150,000 to address the Year 2000 issue.


Certain Risk Factors

This   Annual   Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  certain  forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933
and  Section  21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the  Company
intends  that  such  forward-looking statements be  subject  to  the  safe
harbors  created  thereby.   Examples of these forward-looking  statements
include,  but are not limited to, (i) the progress of clinical trials  and
preclinical studies regarding EVACET, TLC ELL-12 and other products in the
Company's  research pipeline, (ii) the ability of ABELCET to maintain  its
position as the leading lipid-based formulation of amphotericin B  in  the
U.S., (iii) the likelihood of future domestic and international regulatory
approvals  for EVACET or any other product in the research pipeline,  (iv)
the  expansion of sales efforts regarding ABELCET in additional  countries
where  the  drug is not currently approved, (v) possible new licensing  or
contract  manufacturing  agreements, (vi)  future  product  revenues  from
ABELCET,  EVACET or any other product in the research pipeline, (vii)  the
future  uses  of  capital,  and financial needs  of  the  Company,  (viii)
continued  manufacturing efficiencies and other benefits  to  be  realized
from use of the Indianapolis facility.  While these statements are made by
the  Company based on management's current beliefs and judgment, they  are
subject  to  risks  and uncertainties that could cause actual  results  to
vary.   In  evaluating such statements, stockholders and investors  should
specifically consider a number of factors and assumptions, including those
discussed  in the text and the financial statements and their accompanying
footnotes in this Report.

Among  these factors and assumptions that could affect the forward-looking
statements in this Report are the following: (a) the commercialization  of
ABELCET,  the  Company's sole marketed product, is still  ongoing  and  is
subject to intense competition; (b) the Company's other
Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations (Continued)

products are in development and have not yet received regulatory approvals
for  sale,  and  it  is difficult to predict when such approvals  will  be
received  and,  if  approved,  whether the products  can  be  successfully
commercialized;  (c)  competitors of the Company have  developed  and  are
developing products that are competitive with the Company's products;  (d)
the  rate  of  sales  of  the  Company's products  could  be  affected  by
regulatory   actions,   decisions  by  government  health   administration
authorities  or  private  health coverage insurers  as  to  the  level  of
reimbursement  for  the  Company's products;  (e)  risks  associated  with
international  sales, such as currency exchange rates, currency  controls,
tariffs,   duties,   taxes,  export  license  requirements   and   foreign
regulations;  (f)  the  levels of protection  afforded  by  the  Company's
patents  and  other proprietary rights is uncertain and may be challenged;
and  (g)  except for 1999, the Company has incurred losses  in  each  year
since its inception in 1981 and there can be no assurance of profitability
in any future period.

Item 7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not applicable.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reference  is  made  to  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  Consolidated
Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity,
Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flow, Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements,  Financial  Statement  Schedule  and  Independent  Accountants
Reports appearing in Item 14(a) of this Form 10-K.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure

None.

PART III

Item l0.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Directors

  The directors (who will serve until their successors are elected) of the
Company are as follows:

Name                          Age       Position

Charles   A.   Baker          67       Chairman  of  the   Board, President,
                                          Chief   Executive  Officer   and
                                          Director

James G. Andress (2)          61          Director

Morton Collins, PhD (1)       64          Director

Stuart F. Feiner, Esq. (1)    51          Director

Robert F. Hendrickson (2)     67          Director

Kenneth E. Johns, Jr., Esq.   55          Director

Professor Bengt Samuelsson, MD (1)   65   Director

Joseph T. Stewart, Jr. (2)    70          Director

Gerald Weissmann, MD (1)      69          Director

Horst Witzel, Dr-Ing (2)      72          Director

(1) Audit and Finance Committee member
(2)  Nominating and Compensation Committee member
Item l0.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant (Continued)

   Charles  A. Baker was named Chairman of the Board, President and  Chief
Executive Officer of the Company in December 1989.  Just prior to  joining
the Company he was a business development and licensing advisor to several
small biotechnology companies.  Mr. Baker has served in several capacities
in  senior  management  at  Squibb Corporation (now  Bristol-Myers  Squibb
Company),  including  the  positions  of  Group  Vice  President,   Squibb
Corporation and President, Squibb International.  He has also held various
executive  positions  at Abbott Laboratories and Pfizer  Inc.   Mr.  Baker
received an undergraduate degree from Swarthmore College and a J.D. degree
from  Columbia  University.   Mr. Baker  also  serves  as  a  director  of
Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,  both
biotechnology companies.  He is a member of the Council of Visitors of the
Marine  Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, a not-for-profit
research organization.

   James G. Andress has been a director since his appointment in September
1990.   Since November 1996, Mr. Andress has been the President and  Chief
Executive Officer of Warner Chilcott, plc, a pharmaceutical company.  From
1989  until  1995, he served as President, Co-Chief Executive Officer  and
Director  of Information Resources, Inc., a decision support software  and
consumer  packaged  goods research company.  Mr.  Andress  is  the  former
Chairman  of the Pharmaceuticals Group, Beecham Group, plc and the  former
President and Chief Operating Officer of Sterling Drug, Inc.  Mr.  Andress
is  a  director  of  XOMA Corp. and NeoRx, Inc., which  are  biotechnology
companies.   He also serves as a director of Sepracor, Inc., a separations
technology  company,  of  O.P.T.I.O.N. Care,  Inc.,  a  home  health  care
company, of Allstate Insurance Company, and of Information Resources, Inc.

   Morton  Collins, Ph.D., has been a director since November  1982.   Dr.
Collins  has been a General Partner of DSV Partners III, a venture capital
limited  partnership, since 1981 and a General Partner of DSV  Management,
Ltd.,  since  1982.  Since 1985, DSV Management, Ltd. has been  a  General
Partner  of  DSV Partners IV, a venture capital limited partnership.   Dr.
Collins  served  as  interim  Chairman of the Board  and  Chief  Executive
Officer  of the Company from June to December 1989.  He is also a director
of  ThermoTrex Corporation, a laser and electro-optics company,  of  Kopin
Corporation, a manufacturing company, and of Thermedics Detection, Inc., a
manufacturer of industrial and laboratory processes.

   Stuart  F. Feiner, Esq. has been a director since February  1984.   Mr.
Feiner has been Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of
Inco  Limited,  an international mining and metals company,  since  August
1993  and  served  as Vice President, General Counsel and  Secretary  from
April  1992  to  August 1994.  Mr. Feiner was President  of  Inco  Venture
Capital Management, the venture capital unit of Inco Limited, from January
1984  to April 1992.  Mr. Feiner is also a director of ImmunoGen, Inc.,  a
biotechnology company.

   Robert  F.  Hendrickson has been a director of the Company since  1992.
Mr.  Hendrickson was Senior Vice President, Manufacturing  and  Technology
for Merck & Co., Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from 1985 to 1990.  Since
1990, Mr. Hendrickson has been a manufacturing consultant with a number of
biotechnology  and  pharmaceutical companies among  his  clients.   He  is
currently  a  director  of Envirogen Inc., an environmental  biotechnology
company, a director of Cytogen, Inc. and Unigene Laboratories, Inc.,  both
of  which  are  biotechnology companies, and  a  trustee  of  the  Carrier
Foundation.

   Kenneth E. Johns, Jr., Esq. joined the Company as a member of the Board
of  Directors in November 1999.  In 1974 Mr. Johns joined Vinson &  Elkins
LLP,  and  was a partner at that firm from 1980 until June 1,  1999.   Mr.
Johns  served  as a Captain in the United States Air Force Judge  Advocate
General's Corps. from 1970 to 1974.  He is an arbitrator for the  National
Association  of Securities Dealers, the New York Stock Exchange,  and  the
Commodities  Futures  Association.  Since June  1,  1999,  Mr.  Johns  has
engaged  in  the  private  practice of law and functions  as  the  Special
Assistant  to  the  President of Ross Financial  Corporation  on  specific
referred matters.

  Professor Bengt Samuelsson, MD, has been a director of the Company since
January  1994.  Dr. Samuelsson is Professor of Physiological Chemistry  of
the  Karolinska Institutet in Stockholm, Sweden, a position  that  he  has
held since 1972.  He was one of three recipients who shared the 1982 Nobel
Prize  in  medicine  for  their work on prostaglandins,  specifically  the
discovery of
Item l0.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant (Continued)

prostanoids  and  leukotrienes.  In addition to the Nobel  Prize,  he  has
received a number of other prestigious awards.  Dr. Samuelsson is Chairman
of the Nobel Foundation, a member of the Board of Directors of Pharmacia &
Upjohn,  a  pharmaceutical company, a member of the Board of Directors  of
NicOx  SA, Valbonne, France, a biotechnology company, and a member of  the
Board of Directors of Handelsbanken, Stockholm, Sweden, a Swedish bank.

  Joseph T. Stewart, Jr., has been a director of the Company since January
1995.   Until  1989,  he was associated for twenty-two years  with  Squibb
Corporation, where he held several positions of increasing responsibility,
including  most  recently  Senior Vice President,  Corporate  Affairs  and
previously  Vice  President, Finance and Planning.  He also  served  as  a
member  of  the Board of Directors of Squibb Corporation.  Mr. Stewart  is
currently  a  director  of  General American Investors  Company,  Inc.,  a
trustee  of the Foundation of the University of Medicine and Dentistry  of
New  Jersey,  and  a  member  of the Council of  Visitors  of  the  Marine
Biological   Laboratory,  Woods  Hole,  Massachusetts,  a   not-for-profit
research organization.

   Gerald Weissmann, M.D., has been a director of the Company since  1981.
Dr.  Weissmann  has  been  a  Professor of Medicine  at  the  Division  of
Rheumatology of the Department of Medicine at New York University  Medical
Center  since  1973.   Dr. Weissmann is Chairman of the  Company's  Cancer
Scientific  Advisory Board.  He is also on the Board of  Trustees  of  the
Marine  Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, a not-for-profit
research organization.

     Dr.  Horst Witzel has been a director of the Company since July 1990.
Dr.  Witzel is the former Chairman of the Board of Executive Directors  of
Schering AG, Berlin, Germany.  After his retirement in 1989 he served as a
member of the Supervisory Board of Schering AG until May 1994.  Mr. Witzel
is a director of Cephalon, Inc., a neuroscience company.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

   The executive officers of the Company (who are elected annually by  the
Board of Directors) are as follows:


Name                    Age    Position

James A. Boyle, M.D., Ph.D.    63  Senior Vice President, Medical and
                               Regulatory Affairs

Ralph del Campo         48     Vice President, Technical Operations

Lawrence R. Hoffman     45     Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial
                               Officer

Andrew S. Janoff, Ph.D. 51     Vice President, Research and Development

Michael McGrane         50     Vice President, General Counsel and
                               Secretary

George G. Renton        48     Vice President, Human Resources

Donald D. Yarson        46     Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales,
                               Marketing and Business Development

  James  A.  (Tony) Boyle, M.D., Ph.D., joined the Company as Senior  Vice
President,  Medical  and  Regulatory Affairs in  August  1994.   Prior  to
joining  the Company, Dr. Boyle was employed by G.D. Searle and  Co.  from
1986  to  1994  where he held several positions including Vice  President,
Medical  Relations  and Vice President, Corporate Medical  and  Scientific
Affairs.   Previously,  he  held  senior clinical  research  positions  at
Serono  Laboratories, Warner Lambert and Pfizer.  Dr. Boyle  received  his
M.D.  degree  (U.K. equivalent) from Glasgow University in  1960  and  his
Ph.D.  degree  (U.K.  equivalent)  in  Medicine  in  1967.   He  is  Board
Certified (U.K. equivalent) in Internal Medicine and Endocrinology.
Item l0.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant (Continued)

   Ralph  del  Campo joined the Company in March 1994 as  Vice  President,
Manufacturing   Operations,  and  was  named  Vice  President,   Technical
Operations  in November 1999.  Between 1993 and 1994, he was  Senior  Vice
President, Operations of Melville Biologics, a subsidiary of The New  York
Blood  Center.  His prior experience includes positions at Schering Plough
Corporation  and,  from 1977 to 1993, Bristol-Myers Squibb  where  he  had
several  positions of increasing responsibility including Senior Director,
Pharmaceutical  Operations and Vice President, Facilities  Administration.
Mr.  del Campo received a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from  Newark
College  and  an  MBA in Pharmaceutical Marketing from Farleigh  Dickinson
University.

   Lawrence  R. Hoffman joined the Company as Vice President, Finance  and
Chief  Financial  Officer  in  April 1998.  His  responsibilities  include
management  of the financial and investor relations departments.   He  has
previously  been Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of IGI,  Inc.,
where  he  had  been serving in the additional capacity  of  acting  Chief
Operating Officer.  Prior to joining IGI, Inc., Mr. Hoffman was Treasurer,
Secretary  and  Acting Principal Financial Officer for  Sybron  Chemicals,
Inc.   He  received a B.S. in accounting from LaSalle University,  a  J.D.
from Temple University and an L.L.M. in Taxation from Villanova.  He holds
degrees in taxation, accounting and law.

   Andrew  S.  Janoff, Ph.D., joined the Company in 1981, was  named  Vice
President  of  Research  in  January 1993, and became  Vice  President  of
Research  and  Development  in  September  1997.   He  holds  an   adjunct
Professorship  in Pathology, Anatomy and Cell Biology at Thomas  Jefferson
University  and  is  a  visiting scientist in the Department  of  Chemical
Engineering at Princeton University. Dr. Janoff is Editor-in-Chief of  The
Journal  of  Liposome Research and has served on the Committee on  Science
and  the Arts at The Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.   Dr.
Janoff  is  author  of over one hundred scientific articles,  reviews  and
awarded  U.S.  and  European patents.  Prior to joining the  Company,  Dr.
Janoff  held  joint  appointments as Research Fellow  in  Pharmacology  at
Harvard  Medical  School  and  Research  Fellow  in  Anesthesia   at   the
Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Janoff holds a B.S. degree in  biology
from  The American University, Washington, D.C. (1971) and M.S. and  Ph.D.
degrees  in  biophysics  from Michigan State University  (1977  and  1980,
respectively).

   Michael  McGrane joined the Company as Vice President, General  Counsel
and  Secretary in December 1998.  Prior to joining the Company Mr. McGrane
held  the  position of Vice President, General Counsel  and  Secretary  at
Novartis  Consumer  Health, Inc. from 1997 to 1998.   Mr.  McGrane  joined
Sandoz  Pharmaceuticals  Corporation in 1984, and  held  the  position  of
Associate General Counsel before the merger of Sandoz with Ciba  Geigy  to
form  Novartis in 1997.  Before joining Sandoz, he was Regulatory  Counsel
to  the  U.S. Food and Drug Administration.  Mr. McGrane received his  law
degree  from  Georgetown  University.  He has a  BA  degree  from  Cornell
College.

   George  G.  Renton joined the Company in August 1994 as Vice President,
Human Resources.  From 1985 until joining the Company, he was employed  by
the  American  Cyanamid Company in several positions, including  Director,
Personnel, Research and Development of the Lederle Laboratories  Division.
Earlier,  he  held several positions of increasing responsibility  at  New
York  University  Medical  Center including Assistant  Director,  Employee
Relations.   Mr.  Renton was awarded a B.S. degree in Education  from  the
State  University  of New York at Cortland (1975) and  a  M.S.  degree  in
Industrial/Labor  Relations  from Cornell University  and  Baruch  College
(1985).

   Donald  D.  Yarson joined the Company as Vice President, Marketing  and
Sales in February 1995, and became Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales,
Marketing  and  Business Development in November 1999.   From  1993  until
1995, he was President of TriGenix, Inc., a contract sales, marketing  and
reimbursement  organization.  He was Director  of  Marketing  for  Genzyme
Corporation from 1991 to 1993, and before that he was with Genentech  Inc.
for  over four years, serving most recently as Senior Product Manager  for
Protropin  (human growth hormone).  He has also held sales  and  marketing
positions with Ciba Geigy.  Mr. Yarson received a B.S. degree from  Sacred
Heart University in 1975.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

  Pursuant  to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of  1934,  as
amended, directors and executive officers of the Company are required  to
file  reports  with the SEC indicating their holdings of and transactions
in  the  Company's equity securities.  To the Company's knowledge,  based
solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to the Company
and  written representations that no other reports were required,  during
the fiscal year ended January 2,
Item l0.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant (Continued)

2000, all directors and executive officers filed all required reports  on
a  timely basis, except that, in connection with his services as Chairman
of the Company's Cancer Scientific Advisory Board, Dr. Weissmann received
a  grant of options in September 1998 which remained unreported until the
filing of his Form 5 for fiscal year 1999.

Item ll.  Executive Compensation

   The  following table shows, for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2000,
January  3,  1999,  and  December  28,  1997,  the  annual  and  long-term
compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the Chief Executive Officer,
and  the four other most highly compensated individuals who served as  the
Company's  "executive  officers," as that term is  defined  in  Rule  3b-7
adopted  by  the United States Securities and Exchange Commission  ("SEC")
under  the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as of January 2, 2000  (these
individuals,  together  with the Chief Executive  Officer,  are  sometimes
referred to as the "Named Executive Officers").

                        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                    ANNUAL          LONG-TERM
                                 COMPENSATION     COMPENSATION
                                                     AWARDS


                                             RESTRICTED SECURITIES     ALL
                                               STOCK    UNDERLYING    OTHER
                                SALARY  BONUS AWARD(S)   STOCK  COMPENSATION
   NAME AND PRINCIPAL     YEAR     $     (1)     (2)     OPTIONS     (4)
        POSITION                          $       $      (NO. OF      $
                                                         SHARES)


Charles A. Baker          1999   $497,962   $135,000       --   140,000  $9,600

Chairman of the Board,    1998   394,000  200,000  $463,750 243,900(3)  10,000


President, and Chief      1997   375,000  40,000     --      281,000    9,500
Executive Officer


James A. Boyle, MD, PhD   1999   $272,692  $45,000   --    7,500        $9,600

Senior Vice President,    1998   262,692  75,000  196,002  49,320(3)   10,000
Medical
and Regulatory Affairs    1997   252,253  12,500   12,500   48,800     9,500


Ralph del Campo           1999   $216,769  $90,000   --    25,000      $9,600

Vice President, Technical 1998   203,692  115,600  236,998 134,820(3) 10,000


Operations                1997   193,889 11,000   11,000    44,800    9,500


Andrew S. Janoff, PhD     1999   $215,500 $70,000   --    10,000      $9,600

Vice President, Research  1998   197,846  80,000  170,998 71,418(3)  10,000


and Development           1997   186,923 11,000   11,000    43,600    9,500


Donald D. Yarson          1999   $224,423 $110,000  --    30,000     $9,600

Senior Vice President,    1998   207,692 130,000  346,872 108,000(3) 10,000
Worldwide

Sales, Marketing and      1997   181,873 13,750  13,750   120,000    9,500
Business

Development

(1)Bonuses, all of which have been paid, are shown in the year earned.

(2)All  restricted stock grants were made on January 25, 1996,  January
   23,  1997,  January  22,  1998  and September  10,  1998  under  The
   Liposome  Company 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.  The aggregate  number
   of  shares held by the Named Executive Officers at the end  of  1999
   (and  their  market value as of January 2, 2000)  were:  Mr.  Baker,
   93,278  ($1,137,991); Dr. Boyle, 39,661 ($483,864); Mr.  del  Campo,
   48,518  ($591,919); Dr. Janoff, 34,125 ($416,325); and  Mr.  Yarson,
   70,199  ($856,427).   The  January 25, 1996  and  January  23,  1997
   grants  vested  in  equal increments over a  three-year  period.   A
   portion  of the January 22, 1998 grant vested on February 11,  2000,
   and  the  remaining portion vested in equal increments over  a  two-
   year  period from the date of grant.  The September 10,  1998  grant
   will vest 48 hours after earnings release for fiscal year 2000.

(3)The  numbers shown for securities underlying options awarded in 1998
   include  only  the  number of shares underlying  options  that  were
   repriced  in  1998 since there were no new options  awarded  to  the
   executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, in
Item ll.  Executive Compensation (Continued)

   1998.      In addition, in order to qualify for the repricing,  each
   optionee,  including each Named Executive Officer, was  required  to
   surrender 10% of the shares covered by the options to be repriced.  This
   surrender actually reduced the total number of shares covered by options
   held by the Named Executive Officers.

(4)All  other  compensation  represents  amounts  credited  as  Company
   matching contributions under the Company's 401(k) stock match.

Option Grants

   The  following table presents stock options granted for the period from
January 4, 1999, through January 2, 2000, to the Named Executive Officers.
All  grants  were  made under The Liposome Company 1996  Equity  Incentive
Plan.

                     OPTION GRANTS IN 1999 FISCAL YEAR

                                                              POTENTIAL
                                                              REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                              AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                                              RATES OF STOCK
                                                              PRICE APPRECIATION
                           INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                  FOR OPTION TERM(2)


                           NUMBER OF   PERCENT OF     EXERCISE   EXPIRATION
                           SECURITIES  TOTAL          PRICE       DATE
                           UNDERLYING  OPTIONS        ($ PER
                           OPTIONS     GRANTED TO     SHARE)
                           GRANTED (1) EMPLOYEES
    NAME                   (#)         IN FISCAL                   5%   10%
                                       YEAR (%)                   ($)   ($)


Charles A. Baker  23,280      1.97   $14.1875  01/21/09 $207,714 $526,389
                  76,720      6.49    14.1875  01/21/09  684,529 1,734,732
                  40,000      3.38     7.2500  10/20/09  182,379   462,185

James A. Boyle, MD, PhD7,500  0.63     7.2500  10/20/09   34,196  86,659

Ralph del Campo   25,000      2.11     7.2500  10/20/09  113,987 288,865

Andrew S. Janoff, PhD10,000   0.84     7.2500  10/20/09   45,594 115,546

Donald D. Yarson  16,174      1.36     7.2500  10/20/09   73,745 186,884
                  13,826      1.17     7.2500  10/20/09   63,039 159,754

(1)   All  options  granted expire ten years from the date  of  grant  and
   become exercisable ratably over five years beginning approximately  one
   year from the date of grant.

(2)   The percentage rates of increase shown are assumed rates established
   by  the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of uniform
   compensation reporting.  Accordingly, they do not constitute predictions
   or estimates by the Company of the future price appreciation of its Common
   Stock or of the potential realizable value of the options referred to in
   the  table.  These "potential realizable values" are not discounted  to
   present value, and the present value of these assumed potential realizable
   values would be less than the amounts indicated.

Item ll.  Executive Compensation (Continued)

Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Values

      The  following table summarizes stock options exercised by the Named
Executive  Officers  in 1999, and the unexercised stock  options  and  the
fiscal  year-end  values  of all outstanding options  held  by  the  Named
Executive Officers as of January 2, 2000.

        OPTION EXERCISES IN 1999 AND JANUARY 2, 2000 OPTION VALUES

            1999 OPTION EXERCISES  NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                   OPTIONS               IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                       AT                   AT
                                JANUARY 2, 2000          JANUARY 2, 2000 (1)

Name    SHARES   VALUE    EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
       ACQUIRED  REALIZED     (#)            (#)          ($)           ($)
                 ($) (2)

Charles A. Baker 153,336  $1,974,201 280,063   216,338   $2,257,438  $773,949

James A. Boyle,
  MD, PhD          --      --       217,192    14,628      $1,529,801 $93,792

Ralph del Campo    --       --      128,413    31,408      $1,020,883 $174,693

Andrew S. Janoff
  PhD               --      --       66,234     15,184      $526,560  $90,712

Donald D. Yarson    --      --       67,249      70,751    $534,629  $472,470



(1)  Value of unexercised in-the-money options is equal to the fair market
value  of $12.20 per share of Common Stock, the closing price on the  last
trading  day  prior to January 2, 2000, as quoted by the  Nasdaq  National
Market, less the exercise price.

(2)   "Value realized" reflects the difference between the exercise  price
and  the closing price on the date of exercise of 153,336 shares exercised
by   Mr.  Baker  which  were  transferred  to  the  Baker  Family  Limited
Partnership.


Employment Agreement

   The  Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Baker, which
began  in  December  1989 and was renewed in 1995.  The renewed  agreement
terminated in accordance with its terms on May 31, 1998; however,  it  was
mutually  agreed that Mr. Baker would continue to serve as Chief Executive
Officer,  Chairman  of  the Board and President, on  the  same  terms  and
conditions, at the pleasure of the Board.  Under the agreement, Mr.  Baker
has  agreed that he will not during his employment period and for a period
of  two  years after the termination of his employment, without the  prior
approval  of  the  Company's Board of Directors, engage  in  any  business
involved  in the research, development, manufacture or sale of  lipids  or
liposomes  or products or services which use natural or artificial  lipids
or liposomes to encapsulate, enhance or deliver any product.  If Mr. Baker
should  be dismissed except for cause or should choose to resign from  his
position  with  the  Company during the first  six  months  following  the
effective  date  of a change of control, Mr. Baker would  be  entitled  to
receive  his  then current monthly base salary for a 12-month period  from
such effective date and for up to an additional 12-month period if he does
not obtain another full-time position.
Item ll.  Executive Compensation (Continued)

  In July 1999, Mr. Baker's agreement was amended to change the definition
of  change  of  control  to  conform to the definition  in  the  Company's
severance  agreements  with the other executive officers.   (The  proposed
merger  with  Elan Corporation, plc, discussed above, would  constitute  a
change  of  control  under  both the prior and revised  definitions.)   In
addition, the agreement was amended to provide that any termination  after
age  65  would  constitute a retirement for purposes of  Company  benefits
plans, including option plans.

Directors' Compensation

   Directors  who  are  not  employees of the Company  receive  an  annual
retainer  of  $4,000  per quarter, which is paid  in  Company  stock.   In
addition,  during  1999, such directors received  $2,000  for  each  Board
meeting  attended  in person, and $500 for each telephonic  Board  meeting
attended.   A  director  who participates in a regular  Board  meeting  by
telephone  receives $1,000.  For a Board committee meeting  held  the  day
before  a Board meeting, committee members receive $500 if they attend  in
person,  and for meetings held at other times (except the day of  a  Board
meeting),  the  fee  is $1,000 for attendance in person.   For  telephonic
meetings  of  Board committees, and for participation by  telephone  in  a
regular meeting, members receive a fee of $500.

  Dr.  Weissmann is a consultant to the Company.  In the fiscal year ended
January 2, 2000, the Company paid $20,000 in fees to Dr. Weissmann for his
services as Chairman of the Company's Cancer Scientific Advisory Board.

   The  Company  believes that it is very important that  it  be  able  to
continue  to  attract  the highest caliber of persons  to  serve  as  non-
employee  directors.   To do so, the Company must be  able  adequately  to
compensate  the  directors for the responsibility and  risk  they  assume.
Since the Company does not offer directors the levels of cash compensation
they  would normally receive for a directorship of a larger pharmaceutical
or  other  industrial company, stock options offer an appropriate  way  to
partially compensate directors and allow them to share as stockholders  in
the  ultimate  success  of the Company.  The 1991 Directors'  Nonqualified
Stock  Option  Plan  (the "Directors' Plan"), which  was  adopted  by  the
stockholders in 1992, constitutes a key element of the Company's long-term
program to attract and compensate non-employee directors.

  The  Directors' Plan provides that options to purchase 10,000 shares  of
Common  Stock are automatically granted on July 1 of each year  from  1991
until  2001 to each non-employee director.  These grants are fully  vested
on  the  first  anniversary of the date of grant.  In addition,  each  new
director receives an initial grant of 10,000 shares, which vests in  equal
installments over a five-year period.

   As  of  February  29,  2000,  there were  nine  non-employee  directors
participating in the Directors' Plan. Mr. Johns received an initial  grant
of  10,000  shares  on October 20, 1999, the day he was appointed  to  the
Board  of  Directors. In addition, there were eight grants of  options  to
acquire  an  aggregate of 80,000 shares of the Company's Common  Stock  on
July 1, 1999 under the Directors' Plan at an exercise price of $19.50  per
share.

Item l2.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The   following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding   the
beneficial  ownership of the Company's Common Stock  as  of  February  29,
2000, by (i) each director and Named Executive Officer of the Company  (as
defined  under the section entitled "Executive Compensation"),  (ii)  each
stockholder  known  by the Company to own more than five  percent  of  the
outstanding Common Stock, and (iii) all directors and executive  officers,
including  the Named Executive Officers, as a group.  Except as  otherwise
indicated,  the  Company  believes  that  the  beneficial  owners  of  the
securities  listed below, based on information furnished by  such  owners,
have sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares of Common
Stock shown as being beneficially owned by them.

Beneficial Owner                Number of Shares      Percent of Total
Ross Financial Corporation (1)    8,945,846                   22.66
 P.O. Box 31363-SMP
 Cayman Islands, BWI

Charles A. Baker (2)(3)(4)(6)       791,848                    2.01
James G. Andress (2)(8)              81,358                     *
Morton Collins, PhD (2)(8)          140,358                     *
Stuart F. Feiner, Esq. (2)(8)        52,358                     *
Robert F. Hendrickson (2)(8)         71,358                     *
Kenneth E. Johns, Jr., Esq.(7)(8)     1,327                     *
Professor Bengt Samuelsson, MD (2)(8)71,358                     *
Joseph T. Stewart, Jr. (2)(8)        46,358                     *
Gerald Weissmann, MD (2)(5)(8)       86,359                     *
Horst Witzel, Dr-Ing (2)(8)         106,358                     *
James A. Boyle, MD, PhD (2)(4)(6)   264,828                     *
Ralph del Campo (2)(4)(6)           181,795                     *
Andrew S. Janoff, PhD (2)(4)(6)     106,243                     *
Donald D. Yarson (2)(4)(6)          148,997                     *
All Directors and Executive Officers2,329,342                  5.9
 as a group (17 persons) (2)(4)(6)

*Less than 1.0 percent

______________________________

(1)   Based  on information filed with the SEC on Schedule 13D/A  by  Ross
Financial Corporation dated August 12, 1999.  Mr. Kenneth B. Dart  is  the
sole  shareholder  of  STS  Inc., which is the sole  shareholder  of  Ross
Financial  Corporation.  Mr. Dart may, therefore,  be  deemed  to  be  the
beneficial owner of the shares held by Ross Financial Corporation.

(2)   Includes  shares  of  Common Stock issuable  upon  the  exercise  of
outstanding  options granted under the Company's stock option plans  which
are  exercisable within 60 days after February 29, 2000, as  follows:  Mr.
Baker,  300,063;  Mr.  Andress, 80,000; Dr. Collins, 55,000;  Mr.  Feiner,
50,000;  Mr.  Hendrickson, 50,000; Dr. Samuelsson,  70,000;  Mr.  Stewart,
41,000;  Dr.  Weissmann, 55,001; Dr. Witzel, 105,000; Dr. Boyle,  217,192;
Mr.  Del  Campo, 128,413; Dr. Janoff, 66,234; Mr. Yarson, 74,448; and  all
executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons), 1,420,763.

(3)    Includes   315,463  shares  owned  by  the  Baker  Family   Limited
Partnership, of which Mr. Baker is the General Partner.

(4)   Includes shares held by Charles Schwab Trust Company as  trustee  of
the  Company's  401(k)  plan as of December 31,  1999,  in  the  following
amounts:  Mr.  Baker,  6,066; Dr. Boyle, 924; Mr. del  Campo,  4,864;  Dr.
Janoff, 5,824; Mr. Yarson, 4,350; and all executive officers and directors
as a group (17 persons), 28,521.

(5)   Does  not include 5,790 shares held in trust for the estate  of  Dr.
Weissmann's  father-in-law,  for  which Dr.  Weissmann's  wife  serves  as
trustee.  Dr. Weissmann disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.

Item  l2.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
(Continued)

(6)   Includes  shares of restricted stock granted on  January  25,  1996,
January  23,  1997, January 22, 1998, and September 10,  1998,  under  The
Liposome  Company  1996 Equity Incentive Plan, in the following  aggregate
amounts: Mr. Baker, 93,278; Dr. Boyle, 39,661; Mr. del Campo, 48,518;  Dr.
Janoff,  34,125; Mr. Yarson, 70,199; all executive officers and  directors
as a group (17 persons), 329,315.

(7)   Does  not  include  1,000 shares held in  an  Individual  Retirement
Account ("IRA") for the sole benefit of Mr. Johns' spouse.

(8)    During 1999, the Company revised its Director Compensation Plan  by
paying the quarterly retainer in shares of Common Stock on the last day of
each quarter in which the Director serves.

See   also   "Item  1.  Business-Overview/Merger  With  Elan  Corporation,
plc/Business Strategy".


Item l3.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  On January 20, 2000, the Nominating and Compensation Committee approved,
and the Board of Directors ratified, a loan policy for the officers of the
Company  up  to  the  amount  due in cash  for  any  required  income  tax
withholding as a result of the vesting of certain restricted stock awards.
If the officer borrowing the funds repays the principal amount of the loan
on  or  before  the due date (generally the date twelve  months  from  the
making  of the loan), no interest will accrue on the borrowed funds.   The
Company  will  pay  to the officer in cash any federal,  state  and  local
income taxes resulting from the imputation of interest on the loan.

      In  March 2000, Messrs. Baker, Boyle, del Campo, and Renton borrowed
$187,321.88,   $89,914.50,   $89,914.50,  and  $74,928.75,   respectively,
pursuant  to the above terms.  Each of the borrowers executed a promissory
note  in  favor  of the Company with respect to his loan.   Each  note  is
secured  by  the  shares  of the Company's fully-paid  and  non-assessable
common stock from the restricted stock awards described above, which  are,
respectively, 50,000, 24,000, 24,000, and 20,000 shares.

PART IV


Item l4.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)  l and 2.  Financial Statements and Schedule

      Consolidated  financial statements and financial statement  schedule
listed in the accompanying index are filed herewith.

     3.  Exhibits

     See Exhibit Index included elsewhere in this Report.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K

      A  Form 8-K was filed by the Company on March 8, 2000 regarding  the
merger with Elan Corporation, plc.
                       Index to Financial Statements

                         (Item l4(a)1 and 14(a)2)

                                                        Page

Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Accountants                         38

Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 2, 2000 and
  January 3, 1999                                         39

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the
  three years in the period ended January 2, 2000         40

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each
  of the three years in the period ended January 2, 2000  41

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the
  three years in the period ended January 2, 2000         42

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                43-57

Report of Independent Accountants on financial statement schedule     58

Financial statement schedule                              59







                     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of The Liposome Company, Inc.:



In  our  opinion,  the accompanying consolidated balance  sheets  and  the
related  consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'  equity  and
cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all material  respects,  the  financial
position  of  The  Liposome  Company,  Inc.  and  its  Subsidiaries  ("the
Company") at January 2, 2000 and January 3, 1999, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the  period
ended  January 2, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted  in  the  United  States.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility  of  the  Company's management; our  responsibility  is  to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.   We
conducted  our  audits  of  these statements in accordance  with  auditing
standards  generally accepted in the United States which require  that  we
plan  and  perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about  whether
the  financial  statements are free of material  misstatement.   An  audit
includes  examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts  and
disclosures   in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the   accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,   and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe  that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park,  New Jersey
February 4, 2000, except
for Note 15, as to which
the date is March 14, 2000


                THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                              (In thousands)

                                  ASSETS
                                                      1/2/00    1/3/99
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                          $34,461  $8,074
  Short-term investments                              36,880   34,339
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
       accounts ($819 for 1999, $579 for 1998)         6,208    5,340
  Inventories                                          6,118    5,566
  Prepaid expenses                                       750    1,266
  Other current assets                                   558    560
     Total current assets                             84,975   55,145

Property, plant and equipment, net                    19,977   23,165
Restricted cash                                        5,522   11,930
Intangibles, net                                         284     334

     Total assets                                   $110,758 $ 90,574

                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                    $3,755 $  3,991
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities       8,747    7,357
  Deferred liability                                   3,018       --
  Current obligations under capital leases             2,126    2,093
  Current obligations under note payable                   --     303
     Total current liabilities                        17,646   13,744

Long-term obligations under capital leases             2,383    4,509
Long-term obligations under note payable                  --      580
     Total liabilities                                20,029   18,833

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
  Capital stock:
  Common Stock, par value $.01; 120,000 shares authorized;
    39,220 and 38,327 shares issued and outstanding      393   383
     Additional paid-in capital                      272,110  265,254
  Treasury Stock - at cost                             (950)       --
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss                 (345)    (366)
  Accumulated deficit                              (180,479) (193,530)
     Total stockholders' equity                       90,729   71,741

     Total liabilities and stockholders' equity     $110,758 $ 90,574
















                          See accompanying notes.
                THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   (In thousands except per share data)


                                                      Year Ended
                                      1/2/00       1/3/99     12/28/97
Product sales                         $86,203     $73,495     $58,452

Collaborative research and development
  revenues                                 --          --       2,331

Interest, investment and other income   6,267       4,373      4,313

     Total revenues                    92,470      77,868      65,096

Cost of goods sold                     20,284      20,805      22,029

Research and development expense       25,517      26,441      28,894

Selling, general and administrative
  expense                              32,277      34,535      39,914

Interest expense                          551         773         705

     Total expenses                    78,629      82,554      91,542

Net income/(loss) before taxes         13,841     (4,686)    (26,446)

Provision for income taxes                790        --          --

Net income/(loss)                     $13,051    $(4,686)   $(26,446)

Net income/(loss) per share (basic)    $ 0.34    $ (0.12)     $(0.71)

Net income/(loss) per share (diluted)  $ 0.32    $ (0.12)     $(0.71)

Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding (basic)                  38,825      38,172      37,083

Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding (diluted)                40,284      38,172      37,083





















                          See accompanying notes.
                THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                              (In thousands)

                  Shares                                Accumulated   Total
                  of            Additional   Accumulated  Other       Stock-
                  Common  Par   Paid-in      Earnings/   Comprehensive Holders'
                  Stock   Value Capital      Deficit     Income/(Loss) Equity

Balance, December 29, 1996  36,061    $361  $237,809 $(162,398) $(911) $74,861

Net loss for 1997             --      --      --  (26,446)       -- (26,446)
Other Comprehensive Income:
Net unrealized investment gain  --      --        --       --      373      373
Foreign currency translation
 adjustment                     --    --      --        --       30       30
Comprehensive Loss                                                     (26,043)
Issuance of stock:
  To 401K plan               105       1   1,253        --       --    1,254
  Restricted Stock            27      --      50        --       --       50
Payments for past royalties   45       1     255       --       --       256
Private placement of Common
 Stock                     1,000      10  20,865        --       --   20,875
Exercise of stock options    425       4   2,398       --       --      2,402
Issuance of warrant           --      --     165        --       --      165
Expenses related to
 Registration of Common Stock   --      --     (158)    --       --     (158)

Balance, December 28, 1997  37,663     377  262,637 (188,844)   (508)  73,662

Net loss for 1998             --      --      --   (4,686)       --  (4,686)
Other Comprehensive Income:
Net unrealized investment gain  --      --        --       --       96      96
Foreign currency translation
 adjustment                   --      --      --        --       46       46
Comprehensive Loss                                                     (4,544)
Issuance of stock:
  To 401K plan               179       2     945        --       --      947
  Restricted Stock           389       3      --        --       --        3
  Issuance of shares          10      --      50        --       --       50
Amortization of Restricted Stock --   --     1,035      --       --      1,035
Exercise of stock options     86       1       532       --       --      533
Warrant amortization          --      --       55       --       --       55

Balance, January 3, 1999  38,327     383 265,254 (193,530)    (366)   71,741

Net income for 1999           --      --      --    13,051       --   13,051
Other Comprehensive Income:
Net unrealized investment loss --      --        --       --    (421)      (421)
Foreign currency translation
 adjustment                   --      --      --        --      442      442
Comprehensive Income                                                   13,072

Issuance of stock to 401(k) Plan  67   --     752       --       --      752
Amortization of Restricted
 Stock & options              --      --   1,609        --       --     1,609
Exercise of stock options    892      10    4,214       --       --     4,224
Warrant amortization          --      --      56        --       --        56
Treasury stock at cost      (66)      --   (950)        --       --    (950)
Tax effect - stock options
 exercised                    --      --       225          --      --     225

Balance, January 2, 2000   39,220   $393 $271,160 $(180,479)   $(345)  $90,729

                          See accompanying notes.
                THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                              (In thousands)

                                               _________Year Ended
                                               1/2/00     1/3/99 12/28/97
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income/(loss)                          $13,051   $(4,686) $(26,446)

  Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net
  cash provided/(used) by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization             4,200      5,672    5,135
    Provision for bad debt                      240        373      206
     Issuance of Common Stock and warrants        56        105      421
     Stock based compensation and other        3,127      2,144    1,304
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable                   (1,108)      1,437      528
       Inventory                               (552)      4,964    (626)
       Prepaid expenses                          516      (232)    (199)
       Other current assets                        2      (344)    (169)
       Accounts payable                        (236)      1,375      810
       Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities.................................... 1,390     1,348    (1,673)
       Deferred liability.....................  3,018        --     --

     Net cash provided/(used) by operating
     activities                                23,704    12,156 (20,709)

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of short- and long-term investments  (49,245) (29,595) (30,375)
  Sales of short- and long-term investments   46,283     13,711   50,798
  Restricted cash                              6,408         --  (5,000)
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment (1,503)    (1,790)  (1,892)

     Net cash provided/(used) by investing
     activities                                1,943   (17,674)   13,531

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock......... --         --   20,875
  Purchase of Treasury Stock                   (950)         --       --
  Exercises of stock options                   4,224        533    2,402
  Expenses related to registration of Common Stock. --       --    (158)
  Principal payments under note payable        (883)      (303)    (303)
  Principal payments under capital lease obligations. (2,093) (1,920  (2,273)

     Net cash provided/(used) by financing
     activities                                    298  (1,690)     20,543

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash           442      46         30

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.26,387 (7,162)   13,395

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year    8,074   15,236      1,841

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year        $34,461    $ 8,074  $15,236








                          See accompanying notes.
                THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies:

Business:

The  Liposome Company, Inc. (the "Company") is a biopharmaceutical company
engaged  in  the  discovery, development, manufacturing and  marketing  of
proprietary  lipid-  and lipid-based pharmaceuticals,  primarily  for  the
treatment of cancer and other related life-threatening illnesses.  ABELCET
(Amphotericin   B   Lipid   Complex  Injection),   the   Company's   first
commercialized  product,  has  been approved  for  marketing  for  certain
indications in the United States and 24 foreign markets and is the subject
of  marketing  application filings in several  other  countries.   In  the
United  States,  ABELCET has been approved for the treatment  of  invasive
fungal  infections  in patients who are refractory  to  or  intolerant  of
conventional  amphotericin B therapy.  International approvals  have  been
received    for   primary   and/or   refractory   treatment    of    these
infections.  Currently all product sales are derived from ABELCET.

The  Company  markets ABELCET in the U.S. and Canada, with its  own  sales
force.   For other countries, the Company's strategy is to market  ABELCET
through   marketing   partners.   Specific  marketing   partnerships   are
determined on a country-by-country basis.  In addition, sales are realized
on  a "named patient" basis in certain countries where marketing approvals
have not yet been received.

The   Company   is  developing  EVACET  (formerly  TLC  D-99),   liposomal
doxorubicin,  as a treatment for metastatic breast cancer and  potentially
other cancers.

The  Company has a continuing discovery research program concentrating  on
oncology  treatment  and  has  a number of products  in  research.   These
products  include:  bromotaxane (hydrophobic derivatives  of  paclitaxel),
some  of  which  have  shown anticancer activity in  several  experimental
models;  ceramides and sphingosines (molecules widely implicated  in  cell
differentiation and apoptosis) certain of which the Company has identified
as  displaying  anticancer  activity; and fusogenic  liposomes  (liposomes
specifically designed to fuse to cell membranes), which the Company  hopes
to use for the efficient delivery of genes to their intended targets.

On  December 9, 1999 the Company announced its participation  in  the  New
Jersey Technology Tax Transfer Program (the "Program").  The state of  New
Jersey has authorized the Company to sell $10 million in New Jersey  State
income  tax  benefits  over  the next several years.   During  the  fourth
quarter  of  1999,  the  Company received  $3,018,000  from  the  sale  of
$3,659,000  of  its  New  Jersey State net operating  loss  carryforwards.
These  funds  have  been  included as cash  reserves  with  an  offsetting
deferred  liability  recorded.   The Program  requires  that  the  Company
maintain  certain  employment levels in New Jersey and that  the  proceeds
from  the sale of the tax benefits be spent in New Jersey during the  year
2000.   Accordingly, the recognition of the tax benefit has been  deferred
until all conditions stipulated in the Program have been met.

In  1997,  the Company entered into agreements to settle patent litigation
with  the  University of Texas and M.D. Anderson Cancer Center ("UT")  and
with  NeXstar  Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ("NeXstar"),  (now  Gilead  Sciences,
Inc.)  and  Fujisawa U.S.A., Inc.  Under the UT settlement  the  Company
received an exclusive license under UT's patent, paid past royalties  on
sales of ABELCET agreed to pay royalties on future sales, and issuedto UT
a  ten-year warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock  at  $15.00 per share.  Under the NeXstar settlement, the  Company
received  an  initial payment of $1,750,000 in 1997 and began  receiving
quarterly  minimum payments in 1998.  These payments are  classified  as
interest,  investment  and  other income based  on  worldwide  sales  of
AmBisome.  The cumulative amount of these receipts through year-end 1999
is approximately $6.0 million.

On April 22, 1998 the Company announced it had entered into a three-year
contract   manufacturing  agreement  with  AstraZeneca   PLC   ("Astra")
(formerly  Astra  USA, Inc.).  The Company is processing  and  packaging
Astra's  M.V.I.r-12 Unit Vial, an injectable multi-vitamin product  used
by   severely   ill,  hospitalized  patients  in  need  of   nutritional
supplements.   The  product is processed and packaged at  the  Company's
Indianapolis facility, taking advantage
               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

of  its  modern,  large-scale capabilities.   Under  the  terms  of  the
agreement, Astra supplies bulk quantities of the vitamin product and the
Company  sterilizes,  fills, packages and performs  quality  control  on
M.V.I.r-12   Unit   Vial.    In  early  1999,  the   Company   commenced
manufacturing and recording revenues related to Astra.

Financial Statement Presentation:

  The  preparation of financial statements in accordance with  generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets and  liabilities
and  disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of  the
financial  statements and the reported amounts of revenues and  expenses
during  the  reported periods.  Actual results could differ  from  those
estimates.   The Company regularly assesses the estimates and management
believes that the estimates are reasonable.

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  The  consolidated  financial statements include the  accounts  of  the
Company  and  its  wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material  intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition:

  Revenue  from product sales is recognized upon transfer  of  title  to
unrelated third parties with provisions for price adjustments  to  large
volume purchasers in the U.S. and for certain government mandated  price
protection programs. Payments for collaborative research and development
are  generally  received  in  advance and  are  recognized  as  revenue,
ratably,  as the research and development is performed. Licensing  fees,
royalty and hurdle payments are recognized in the period earned.

Advertising:

  Advertising   costs  are  expensed  in  the  period  incurred.   Total
advertising costs were approximately $230,000 in 1999, $190,000 in 1998,
and $800,000 in 1997.

Depreciation and Amortization:

  Machinery  and  equipment,  building  and  building  improvements  and
furniture and fixtures, are depreciated by the straight-line method over
their  estimated  useful  lives ranging  from  three  to  twenty  years.
Leasehold  improvements are amortized by the straight-line  method  over
the  lesser of their estimated useful lives or the terms of the  related
leases. Purchased patents are amortized by the straight-line method over
their  lives  as  determined by the country  of  issuance.  The  Company
periodically reviews the realizability of its patents.

Cash Equivalents:

  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of
three months or less as cash equivalents.

Investments:

  Short-term  investments represent marketable securities available  for
operations,  all  of which have been classified as available  for  sale.
These  investments are stated at fair value, determined  at  January  2,
2000.  Fair  values  may  not  be representative  of  actual  values  of
financial investments that could be realized in the future.

  For  the years ended January 2, 2000, January 3, 1999 and December 28,
1997,  investment income included gross realized gains of  $20,000,  $0,
and $2,800 and realized losses of $0, $0, and $9,100, respectively.   At
January  2,  2000,  January 3, 1999 and December 28,  1997,  investments
included  gross  unrealized losses of $433,000, $12,000,  and  $108,000,
respectively,  and  no  gross unrealized  gains  for  the  periods.   In
computing realized gains
               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

and  losses,  the  Company computes the cost of  its  investments  on  a
specific  identification basis. The fair values of investment securities
maturing within one year was $29,618,000.

Restricted Cash:

  The  Company  has  entered  into certain financing  arrangements  that
require   the   issuance  of  letters  of  credit  that  are   partially
collateralized  by specific securities. The aggregate  amount  of  these
securities is segregated and identified as restricted cash. The  Company
is  also  required to maintain minimum cash balances in connection  with
certain of these financings.

Inventories:

  Inventories are carried at the lower of actual cost or market and cost
is accounted for on the first-in first-out (FIFO) method.

Concentration of Credit Risk:

  The  Company's significant concentrations of credit risk are with  its
cash  and  investments  and  its  accounts  receivable.  The  investment
portfolio  consists  of a diversified portfolio of high-grade  corporate
marketable  and  United States Government-backed  securities.   Product-
related  accounts  receivable  in the  U.S.  are  generally  with  major
distributors  and internationally with the Company's marketing  partners
or   hospitals,   which  are  generally  funded  by   their   respective
governments.   The  Company  provides credit  to  its  customers  on  an
uncollateralized basis after evaluating their credit and utilizes credit
insurance,   subject  to  certain  deductibles,  to  protect   it   from
catastrophic losses.

Basic and Diluted Income/(Loss) Per Share:

  Basic  earnings per share (EPS) excludes dilution and is  computed  by
dividing income available to Common Stockholders by the weighted-average
number  of  common  shares  outstanding for  the  period.   Diluted  EPS
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or  other
contracts to issue Common Stock were exercised or converted into  Common
Stock  or  resulted in the issuance of Common Stock that then shared  in
the  earnings  of  the entity.  For 1998 and 1997, the Company  had  not
included potential common shares in the diluted per share computation as
the result is anti-dilutive.
               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

                              In Thousands


                                              For the years ended


                                     1/2/00     1/3/99   12/28/97
     Weighted average number of sh
ares of                              38,825     38,172    37,083
      Common Stock outstanding
      Dilutive  stock options  and    1,459         --        --
warrants

     Shares used in calculating
      diluted earnings per share     40,284     38,172    37,083

  The  numerator  and  denominator of the basic and  diluted  per  share
computations were as follows:

                  In Thousands Except Per Share Amounts

                                                 Weighted
                                     Net Income/ Average    Per Share
                                       (Loss)     Shares      Amount
Year Ended January 2, 2000
  Basic income per share
     available to Common Stockholders $ 13,051   38,825      $0.34

  Diluted income per share
     available to Common Stockholders $ 13,051   40,284      $0.32

Year Ended January 3, 1999
  Basic and diluted loss per share
     available to Common Stockholders $ (4,686)  38,172     $(0.12)

Year Ended December 28, 1997
  Basic and diluted loss per share
     available to Common Stockholders $(26,446)  37,083     $(0.71)


  Basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share is calculated using  the
weighted average number of common shares for all periods presented.

  Options and warrants to purchase 6,106,753 shares of Common Stock at a
range  of  $1.19 - $27.63 per share were outstanding during  1999.   The
options  and  warrants expire on various dates from  April  1,  2000  to
December 27, 2009.

Reclassification:

  Certain  reclassifications have been made to the prior year  financial
statement  amounts to conform to the presentation in  the  current  year
financial statements.

Foreign Currency Transactions:

  Generally,  Consolidated Balance Sheet amounts  have  been  translated
using  exchange  rates  in effect at the balance  sheet  dates  and  the
translation  adjustments  have been included  in  the  foreign  currency
translation   adjustment  as  a  separate  component   of   Consolidated
Stockholders'   Equity.   Amounts  related  to   transactions   in   the
Consolidated  Statements of Operations have been  translated  using  the
average  exchange  rates in effect each year and transaction  gains  and
losses  have  been included therein as other income.  During  1999,  the
Company  realized $284,000 foreign currency transaction losses, $122,000
in losses in 1998, and $65,000 in losses in 1997.



               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)


Research and Development Expenses:

     The  research  and development expenses of the Company,  which  are
expensed  as  incurred, include those efforts related  to  collaborative
research  and  development  agreements,  development  of  the  Company's
proprietary products and general research. The expenses include, but are
not  limited  to, medical, biostatistical, regulatory, manufacturing  of
clinical grade product and scientific support costs.

2. Stockholders' Equity:

Common Stock:

  On  April 23, 1997 the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock
at  $20.875 per share to an investment company wholly owned by a private
investor  for cash of $20,875,000.  At February 29, 2000, this  investor
has  reported  total  holdings of 22.66% of  the  Company's  outstanding
shares of Common Stock.

  On  July  1,  1997, the Company and the University of Texas  and  M.D.
Anderson  Cancer Center came to an agreement to resolve  pending  patent
litigation.   Under  the agreement, the Company paid the  University  of
Texas  for past royalties consisting of cash and shares of the Company's
Common  Stock, which resulted in 44,835 Common Stock shares being issued
to the University of Texas on October 29, 1997. In addition, the Company
issued  the University of Texas a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,000,000
shares  of  the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of  $15  per
share.   The value of the warrant is being amortized as royalty  expense
from 1995 to 2004.

3. Stock-Based Compensation Plans:

  The Company has four stock-based compensation plans that are currently
in  effect.   The  1986 Employee Stock Option Plan  and  the  1986  Non-
Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan will expire on  March  3,  2005,  but  no
additional  options  can be granted under either of  these  plans  after
March  7, 1996.  The two other plans are the 1996 Equity Incentive  Plan
("1996  Plan") and the 1991 Directors' Non-Qualified Stock  Option  Plan
("Directors' Plan").  A total of  4,500,000 shares of Common  Stock  are
reserved for issuance under the 1996 Plan, which will expire on March 7,
2006.   The  total  number  of  shares of Common  Stock  authorized  for
issuance under the Directors' Plan is 550,000, and that plan will expire
on May 21, 2002.

  The  Board of Directors may grant restricted stock, stock appreciation
rights and other forms of incentives as well as stock options under  the
1996  Plan.  Options granted under all plans must have an exercise price
equal  to or greater than the fair market value of the Company's  Common
Stock  on  the  date of grant and must have a term no  longer  than  ten
years.   Options granted under the 1986 Employee Stock Option Plan,  the
1986  Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and the 1996 Plan generally become
exercisable  in five equal annual installments, although  the  Board  of
Directors  has  discretion  to  grant  options  with  different  vesting
schedules  under the 1996 Plan.  Options under the Directors'  Plan  are
automatically granted to all non-employee directors upon appointment  to
the Board of Directors and annually on July 1 of each year.  The initial
grants  vest over a five-year period, and subsequent annual grants  vest
in one year.

     In  July  1997,  the Board of Directors approved the  repricing  of
certain  stock options.  In connection therewith, employees were offered
an  opportunity  to  have certain stock options  repriced  to  the  then
current  market  price.  In exchange for obtaining a  lower  price,  the
option  holders were required to surrender 20% of the shares covered  by
their options and to wait a full year before they could exercise any  of
the repriced options.  The repricing was effected either as an amendment
of  the  existing option or as the surrender of the existing option  and
issuance  of a new option, depending on the plan under which the  option
was  issued.  The repricing did not affect the term of the options;  all
repriced options expire ten years from their original date of grant, and
the normal
               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

vesting   schedule  will  resume  after  the  one-year  waiting  period.
Substantially all of the options eligible for repricing were surrendered
and repriced.

  In  September  1998, the Board of Directors approved  a  repricing  of
certain stock options under similar conditions as noted above.  However,
in  this instance the option holders were required to surrender  10%  of
the  shares covered by the options in exchange for the issuance of a new
option.   The  majority  of  the  options eligible  for  repricing  were
surrendered and repriced.

  During  1999,  the  Company revised its Director Compensation  Plan  by
increasing the annual retainer to $16,000, payable quarterly in shares of
Common  Stock  on  the  last day of each quarter in  which  the  Director
serves.

  The  table below summarizes the stock option activity under all of  the
Company's plans for the years 1997, 1998, and 1999:
                                                         Weighted
                                    Weighted             Average
                          Number    Average   Exercise    Fair
             Options     of Options Exercise    Price     Value at
             Exercisable  Outstanding  price  Per Share   Grant Date



Outstanding 12/29/96 1,727,094 4,352,523      $ 10.74     $ 1.03-25.13
Granted                  3,486,637     8.11    4.94-27.63 $ 5.56
Exercised                (425,428)     5.47    1.03-23.25
Forfeited               (2,432,982)   14.80    5.19-27.63

Outstanding 12/28/97 1,828,648 4,980,750       $ 7.39     $ 1.03-24.38
Granted                  2,788,101     4.77    3.69-12.50 $ 3.07
Exercised                 (85,723)     6.19    1.19- 8.75
Forfeited               (2,883,291)    7.92    4.06-21.00

Outstanding 1/3/99  2,108,988 4,799,837        $ 5.54     $ 1.03-24.38
Granted                  1,336,300     9.42    7.13-27.63 $ 6.02
Exercised                (892,353)     4.73    1.03-18.50
Forfeited                (187,031)     7.10    4.22-15.00

Outstanding 1/2/00  2,856,180 5,056,753        $ 6.65     $ 1.19-27.63

The weighted average remaining contractual lives of outstanding options
at January 2,2000 as approximately 7.1 years.

  The   following  table  summarized  information  about  stock  options
outstanding at January 2, 2000:
                        OPTIONS OUTSTANDING      OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                             Weighted  Weighted              Weighted
                 Number      Average    Average    Number     Average
  Range of     Outstanding  Remaining  Exercise  Exercisable  Exercise
               at 1/2/00      Life      Price    at 1/2/00    Price


    $1.19-$4.25  2,148,410      6.2       $4.12   1,585,465    $4.08

    $4.31-$7.25  1,891,818      8.1       $6.42     755,828    $5.59

    $7.38-$27.63 1,016,525      7.2      $12.44     514,887   $11.35

    $1.19-$27.63 5,056,753      7.1       $6.65   2,856,180    $5.79


  The  Company  applies  the provisions of Accounting  Principles  Board
("APB") Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its
stock-based  compensation plans.  Accordingly, compensation expense  has
been recognized to the extent applicable in the financial statements  in
respect to the above plans in accordance with APB No. 25. Had
               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

compensation costs for the above plans been determined based on the fair
value  at  the grant dates for awards under those plans consistent  with
the  method of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS")  No.
123  "Accounting  for  Stock  Based  Compensation",  the  Company's  net
income/(loss) and net income/(loss) per share applicable to Common Stock
would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts below:

                                        1999      1998        1997
Pro Forma net income/(loss)......$ 6,696,000    $(12,571,000) $(35,197,000)

Pro Forma net income/(loss) per share
  (basic)......................   $      0.17   $      (0.33) $      (0.95)

Pro Forma net income/(loss) per share
  (diluted)....................   $      0.17   $      (0.33) $      (0.95)

  As  options  and stock awards vest over several years and  awards  are
generally made each year, the pro forma impacts shown here are likely to
increase given the same level of activity in the future.

  The  pro  forma  compensation  expense  related  to  these  plans   of
$6,355,000,  $7,885,000,  and  $8,751,000  for  1999,  1998  and   1997,
respectively,  was  calculated based on the fair value  of  each  option
grant  using the Black-Scholes Model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants:
                                        1999      1998      1997
Dividend Yield                          0.0%       0.0%      0.0%
Expected Volatility                    82.0%      84.0%     84.0%
Risk Free Interest Rate                 4.6%       4.6%      5.7%
Expected Option Lives (years)           6.8        7.6       7.5

4. Property, Plant and Equipment:

  Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

                                           1999           1998
Building and building improvements      $6,543,000     $6,504,000
Land and land improvements                 685,000        614,000
Furniture and fixtures                   1,858,000      1,971,000
Machinery and equipment                 20,731,000     19,882,000
Leasehold improvements and other         6,137,000      6,023,000
Construction in process                     10,000        811,000
Machinery and equipment and leasehold
     improvements under capital lease   15,675,000     15,675,000
Total property, plant and equipment     51,639,000     51,480,000
Less: Accumulated depreciation and
     amortization                       (31,662,000) (28,315,000)
Net property, plant and equipment....   $19,977,000   $23,165,000


5. Inventories:

  The components of inventory are as follows:

                                           1999           1998
Finished goods                          $ 2,858,000   $ 2,710,000
Work in process                             479,000     1,271,000
Raw materials                             2,594,000     1,374,000
Supplies                                    187,000       211,000
Total                                   $ 6,118,000    $5,566,000


               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

6. Commitments and Contingencies:

Operating Leases:

  The  initial term of the Company's lease for its research facility  in
Princeton,  New  Jersey  expires in December  2006  with  two  five-year
renewal options.  The lease is collateralized by an investment letter of
credit of $1,100,000.  Rent expense was approximately $568,000, $568,000
and $627,000 for the years 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  The  Company's  administrative, marketing and  executive  offices  are
located  in  leased space in Princeton, New Jersey.  The lease  for  the
premises  expires  in  February 2003.  Rent  expense  was  approximately
$712,000 for 1999, $792,000 for 1998 and $818,000 for 1997.

  The  Company  has  administrative and  marketing  offices  in  London,
England.   A ten year agreement was signed in October 1996, expiring  in
September  2006.  Rent expense was approximately $268,000, $342,000  and
$284,000 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  The  Company  leases a warehousing facility in Cranbury,  New  Jersey.
This  lease  agreement was originally signed in January 1995 expired  in
December  1997  and was extended to March 2002.  Rent expense  for  this
facility  totaled  approximately $72,000, $88,000 and  $77,000  for  the
years 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  In  June  1999,  the Company signed a five year agreement  with  Xerox
Corporation to lease copiers for the Princeton locations.  Rent  expense
related to this agreement was $43,000 for 1999.

  Total  rental  expense  under all operating  leases  (including  those
above) was approximately $1,921,000, $2,184,000 and $2,180,000 for 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

  The  Company's  future  minimum  lease  payments  under  noncancelable
operating leases at January 2, 2000 are as follows:

               2000                  $1,693,000
               2001                   1,690,000
               2002                   1,755,000
               2003                   1,736,000
               2004 and thereafter    2,836,000
                Total                $9,710,000

Capital Leases:

  In  July  1993, the Company entered into a capitalized lease financing
agreement  for certain manufacturing equipment providing for an  initial
lease  term followed by options to extend the lease, return or  purchase
the  equipment.  In December 1996, the agreement was amended to  include
an  additional $6,101,000 of manufacturing equipment.  In November  1997
and  January 1998, the Company exercised its options to purchase certain
manufacturing equipment under the original 1993 lease for $1,583,000 and
$495,000,  respectively.  These amounts have been financed as a  capital
lease  obligation  under the lease agreement over a  three-year  period.
The  lease is collateralized by $4,122,000 in standby letters of  credit
which  are in turn collateralized by AAA rated securities owned  by  the
Company.  Pursuant to the December 1996 lease amendment, the Company  is
required  to  maintain  a  minimum balance of $25,000,000  in  cash  and
marketable  securities, including those securities  collateralizing  the
letters of credit.

               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

  The  following is a schedule by year of future minimum payments  under
capital  leases  together with the present value of  the  minimum  lease
payments and the capital lease portion of certain classes of property as
of January 2, 2000.

         2000                                 $2,442,000
         2001                                  1,333,000
         2002                                  1,220,000
     Total minimum lease payments              4,995,000
     Less: Amount representing interest         (486,000)
     Present value of minimum lease payments  $4,509,000

Classes of Property:

     Machinery and equipment              $11,470,000
     Leasehold improvements                 4,205,000
     Total machinery and equipment and
         Leasehold improvements            15,675,000
     Less: Accumulated amortization       (11,083,000)
     Net machinery and equipment and leasehold
         improvements                      $4,592,000

Lines of Credit:

  The  Company  completed a U.S. working capital revolving  credit  line
agreement  in  early 1997, with a maximum capacity of $14,000,000.   All
borrowing  must be secured by approved accounts receivable and  finished
goods  inventories. There have been no advances made against  this  line
through the end of 1999.  This agreement expired in January 2000 and the
Company has chosen not to renew it.

  As  part of the agreement to repurchase the development, manufacturing
and marketing rights to EVACET, the Company has obtained from Pfizer,  a
credit  line of up to $10,000,000 to continue the development of EVACET.
To  the  extent  that any funding is actually used by the  Company,  the
outstanding principal and interest would be repayable on the earlier  of
180  days  after  FDA clearance to market EVACET or in twenty  quarterly
installments commencing July 14, 2002.  There have been no advances made
against this line through the end of 1999.

Legal Proceedings:

   The  Company  is a party in an adversarial proceeding  filed  in  the
United  States  Bankruptcy Court in Delaware by a chapter  7  bankruptcy
trustee  for  the  estate  of  the FoxMeyer  Corporation,  et  al.   The
complaint  seeks  to avoid and recover purported preferential  transfers
pursuant  to 11 U.S.C. Section 547 and Section 550 from the  Company  in
the amount of $2.3 million.

   The  Company  is  currently a party to various  other  legal  actions
arising out of the normal course of business, none of which are expected
to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results
of operations.


7. Long-term Debt:

   During  1999, the Company repaid the remaining principal balance  and
accrued  interest on a mortgage-backed note which it used  to  partially
fund  the  purchase  of  its  manufacturing  facility  in  Indianapolis,
Indiana.   Principal  payments of $25,225  plus  accrued  interest  were
payable  monthly through November 2001. The interest rate was  based  on
the  prime  rate  plus 1/2%, with a floor and ceiling  of  6%  and  10%,
respectively.

               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

8. Supplemental Information:

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities:
The components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities are  as
follows:

                                            1999       1998
  Accrued expenses for preclinical
    and clinical programs               $1,309,000  $1,681,000
  Accrued bonus                          1,583,000   1,396,000
  Accrued royalty/licensing payments     1,505,000   1,110,000
  Accrued   sales,   marketing   and
  administrative                         1,347,000     851,000
  Accrued taxes                            975,000     313,000
  Accrued wages and vacation               899,000     774,000
  Other                                   1,129,000  1,232,000
  Total                                 $8,747,000  $7,357,000

Statement of Cash Flows:                 1999     1998       1997

     Supplemental disclosure of cash
       flow information:

     Cash paid during the year for interest $586,000 $823,000   $786,000

     Non-cash transaction: Refinancing
       of capital lease               $     --  $495,000 $1,583,000

9. Income Taxes:

   The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."  SFAS No. 109
requires  recognition of deferred tax liabilities  and  assets  for  the
expected  future tax consequences of events that have been  included  in
the  financial  statements or tax returns.  Under this method,  deferred
tax  liabilities  and  assets are determined  based  on  the  difference
between  the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities
using  enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences
are expected to reverse.



               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and
assets as of January 2, 2000 and January 3, 1999 are as follows:

Deferred tax assets                      1999        1998
Temporary Items













  Fixed and intangible                 $            $
 assets.............                 3,504,000    4,035,000
  Reserves and allowances            3,718,000    2,285,000

  Inventory........................  1,374,000    784,000

  Deferred income and miscellaneous    316,000     242,000


 Total............................   8,912,000    7,346,000
 ....

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards





























  Federal..........................    62,882,000  66,875,000
 .......
  State (net of Federal                5,811,000   8,869,000
 benefit)..........
  Foreign                               1,129,000   1,278,000
 ................................
                                       69,822,000  77,022,000
 Total............................
 ....

Credit Carryforwards


















  Federal..........................   6,185,000    6,271,000

  State (net of Federal                1,247,000   1,247,000
 benefit)..........

 Total............................    7,432,000     7,518,000
 ..

Total deferred tax assets            86,166,000    91,886,000


Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets



















 .


 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .





































  Federal..........................    (76,712,00   (79,448,00
 .......                                     0)          0)
  State............................    (8,325,000)  (11,160,000)
 .......
  Foreign..........................    (1,129,000)   (1,278,000)
 .......
Total                                 (86,166,000)   (91,886,000)




 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
 .
Net deferred tax assets                $--        $--







































After  18  years of consecutive losses, the Company reported  its  first
profitable year in 1999. The future profitability of the Company in  the
competitive  biopharmaceutical industry depends  on  maintaining  market
share  for ABELCET, the Company's sole marketed product, developing  new
products  in view of the delay in getting EVACET approved in the  United
States  and  pursuing strategic alternatives that might include  merger,
acquisition  or  product in-licensing opportunities.  As  these  factors
could significantly reduce future profitability or cause the Company  to
incur operating losses, the Company believes that the deferred tax asset
should  not presently be realized. Accordingly, the Company has provided
a  valuation allowance against the net deferred tax debits due  to  this
uncertainty.   The decrease in valuation allowance for  the  year  ended
January  2,  2000 was $5,720,000 preceded by an increase  for  the  year
ended  January 3, 1999 of $15,168,000.  Contingent upon the  achievement
of  profitability  for  two consecutive years  coupled  with  the  above
factors being successfully addressed, management will recognize the  tax
benefit in accordance with SFAS No. 109.

At  January 2, 2000, the Company had approximately $179,664,000  of  net
operating  loss carryforwards and $5,950,000 of general business  credit
carryforwards for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.  These carryforwards
expire  in  the periods 2000 through 2018.  The utilization of  the  net
operating loss and general business credit carryforwards may be impacted
by  the exercise of Common Stock options (see note 3).  In addition, the
Company  has  $235,000 of AMT credit carryforward which do  not  expire.
The timing and manner in which these losses are used may be limited as a
result  of  certain ownership changes that may occur as defined  by  IRS
Regulations under Section 382.


               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)
For financial reporting purposes, income before taxes includes the following
components.


































                                        1999          1998
Pretax income:

   United States                      $15,940,00      $(3,346,000)

   Foreign....................        (2,099,000)     (1,340,000)
   ......

   Total                              $13,841,000)    (4,686,000)
   ....

significant components of the provisions for income tax attributable to
continuing operations are as follows:

                                        1999          1998

 Current:

   Federal....................       $  520,000        --
   ......
   State......................          170,000        --
   ......
   Foreign....................          100,000        --
   ......
 Total                               $  790,000        --



The reconciliation of income tax attributable to continuing operations
computed at the U.S. Federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense
for the year ending January 2, 2000 is:


                                      Amount      Percentage
 Taxes at U.S. Statutory
Rate......                          $4,844,000          35.0%
 State income
taxes................                 170,000            1.2%
 Permanent
Differences.............              140,000            1.0%
 Change in valuation
allowance.....                      (5,719,000)      (41.3)%

 Alternative Minimum Tax (net
of state benefit)                     520,000             3.8%
 ............
 Foreign Operations                   835,000             6.0%

 Total income tax
expense..........                   $ 790,000            5.7%

Earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are considered to be
indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. Federal
and state income taxes has been provided thereon.  Upon distribution of
those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the company would be
subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign
tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the various countries. To date,
all such amounts are immaterial.


               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

10. Geographic Segment Data:

  The  Company's  biopharmaceutical operations are classified  into  two
geographic  areas: Domestic (United States) and International (primarily
Western Europe).  Financial Data (in thousands of dollars) for the years
1999, 1998 and 1997 is as follows:

Year Ended January 2, 2000
                                     Domestic International  Total
Sales to unaffiliated customers       $ 69,126    $ 17,077  $ 86,203
Interest, investment and other income    6,483       (216)     6,267

     Total revenue                    $ 75,609    $ 16,861  $ 92,470

Net income                            $ 12,816    $    235  $ 13,051

Identifiable assets at January 2, 2000 $105,903   $  4,855  $110,758

Year Ended January 3, 1999
                                     Domestic International  Total
Sales to unaffiliated customers       $ 58,936    $ 14,559  $ 73,495
Interest, investment and other income    4,355          18     4,373

     Total revenue                     $63,291     $14,577   $77,868

Net loss                              $(3,260)    $(1,426)  $(4,686)

Identifiable assets at January 3, 1999 $85,414    $ 5,160    $90,574

Year Ended December 28, 1997
                                     Domestic International Total
Sales to unaffiliated customers       $ 49,273     $ 9,179  $ 58,452
Collaborative research and development
     revenues                            2,331          --     2,331
Interest, investment and other income    4,292          21     4,313

     Total revenue                    $ 55,896     $ 9,200  $ 65,096

Net loss                              $(25,694)   $  (752)  $(26,446)

Identifiable assets at December 28, 1997 $ 86,402 $ 5,098   $91,500

11. Savings and Investment Retirement Plan:

  The  Company  has  adopted  a 401(k) Profit  Sharing  Plan  and  Trust
("401(k)  Plan")  for  eligible employees and their  beneficiaries.  The
401(k)  Plan  provides  for  employee  contributions  through  a  salary
reduction  election.  Employer discretionary matching contributions  are
determined  annually by the Company and vest over a maximum of  a  five-
year  period  of  service.  For the plan years ended  January  2,  2000,
January  3,  1999  and  December 28, 1997, the  Company's  discretionary
matching was based on a percentage of salary reduction elections in  the
form of the Company's Common Stock.

12. Major Customer and Research and Development Revenue Data:

  In  the  United  States,  the Company sells ABELCET  to  national  and
regional  wholesalers who in turn re-sell the product to  hospitals  and
other  service  providers.  Internationally, sales  are  primarily  made
directly  to  hospitals.  Pursuant to marketing/distribution  agreements
with  the  Company in France, Italy, Spain and certain other  countries,
ABELCET  is sold to local pharmaceutical companies who then re-sell  the
product to hospitals.
               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

  For  the years ended January 2, 2000, January 3, 1999 and December 28,
1997  sales  to wholesalers or other customers in excess of 10%  of  the
Company's product revenues in any year were as follows:
                          1999        1998         1997
          Customer A      21%          21%          20%
          Customer B      21%          23%          25%
          Customer C      13%          13%          14%
          Customer D      13%           14%         16%

  The  Company  had  entered  into various  collaborative  research  and
development  contracts.  The Company earned  substantially  all  of  its
research  and development revenues from one corporate sponsor  in  1997.
The  absence of collaborative research and development revenue  in  1999
and  1998  is  due to the termination of the collaborative research  and
development  agreement with Pfizer in mid-1997.  Payments  by  corporate
sponsors  that  comprised 10% or more of the Company's  total  revenues,
pursuant  to  collaborative agreements and licensing and other  fees  as
reported in the statements of operations were $2,331,000 from Pfizer  in
1997.

13. Summary of Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited):

  Summarized  quarterly  financial data (in thousands,  except  for  per
share data) for the years ended January 2, 2000 and January 3, 1999  are
as follows:

                                               Quarter

1999                          First    Second     Third    Fourth
Total revenues              $20,728   $23,704   $23,416   $24,622
Total expenses               18,319    20,931    20,025    19,354

Net income before taxes     $ 2,409   $ 2,773   $ 3,391   $ 5,268

      Provision for income taxes   $    --    $    --   $   300  $   490

Net income....................          $ 2,409   $ 2,773  $ 3,091      $ 4,778

Net income per share (basic)            $  0.06   $  0.07    $  0.08   $  0.12

Net income per share (diluted)         $  0.06   $  0.07  $  0.08     $  0.12

Weighted average shares
     outstanding (basic)     38,378      38,635    38,958   39,140
Weighted average shares
     outstanding (diluted)   40,025   40,272  40,587     40,298

                                                 Quarter

1998                          First    Second     Third    Fourth
Total revenues              $17,094   $20,225   $18,647   $21,902

Total expenses               22,171    21,072    18,955    20,356

Net income/(loss           $(5,077)  $  (847)  $  (308)   $ 1,546

Net income/(loss) per share
     (basic)                $ (0.13)   $ (0.02)  $ (0.01) $  0.04

Net income/(loss) per share
     (diluted)              $ (0.13)   $ (0.02)  $ (0.01) $  0.04

Weighted average shares
     outstanding (basic)     37,846    37,992    38,050    38,254

Weighted average shares
     outstanding (diluted)   37,846    37,992    38,050   39,856

               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued)

   Net  income/(loss) per share of Common Stock amounts  are  calculated
independently  for  each  of the quarters presented.   The  sum  of  the
quarters may not equal the full year amounts.

14.  Unusual Charges and Credits:

    The Company recorded approximately $3,900,000 of unusual charges for
1997  following  unfavorable results of a pivotal  Phase  III  study  of
VENTUSTM.   The  primary  component  of  this  charge  related   to   an
organizational  restructuring  expense  of  $2,550,000  (classified   as
selling,  general and administrative expense). A total of 137  positions
were  eliminated as a result of the restructuring.  The balance  of  the
charges were attributable to a provision for royalties on past sales  of
ABELCET  of  $768,000  to  settle  certain  litigation  concerning  that
product,  including  the pro-rata amortization  of  a  ten-year  warrant
issued as part of the settlement (classified as cost of goods sold), and
certain   manufacturing  overhead  costs  of  $570,000   following   the
unfavorable  VENTUSTM  clinical results,  (classified  as  research  and
development expense).

   On  August 11, 1997, the Company entered into a settlement  agreement
with  NeXstar  and Fujisawa USA, Inc., relating to litigation  regarding
the  Company's  liposome  drying technology patents.  Pursuant  to  this
settlement  agreement,  the  Company  received  an  initial  payment  of
$1,750,000  and  began  receiving quarterly minimum  payments  in  1998,
included in interest, investment and other income, as well as the  right
to  receive future royalty payments based on sales of AmBisome beginning
in 1998.

15.   Subsequent Event:

Merger with Elan Corporation, plc

On  March  6, 2000 the Company announced that they have entered  into  a
definitive  merger agreement under which Elan Corporation, plc  ("Elan")
will  acquire the Company. Under the terms of the agreement,  Elan  will
acquire all of the Company's outstanding stock in a tax-free, stock-for-
stock transaction.  The Company's shareholders will receive 0.3850 of an
Elan  ADR  for each share of The Liposome Company stock.  Based  on  the
closing price on March 3, 2000 of $39.6875, the transaction has a  value
of $15.28 per Company share and an aggregate value of approximately $575
million,  including options and warrants and adjusting for net  cash  on
the  Company's balance sheet and before the contingent payment described
below.  Elan may make a cash payment to the Company shareholders  of  up
to  $98  million, contingent partly on the approval of  EVACET  for  the
European  Union, and partly on EVACET reaching certain sales  milestones
outside  the  U.S.   Elan has also entered into an agreement  with  Ross
Financial Corporation, the Company's major shareholder, to vote in favor
of  the  transaction.  The transaction is subject to regulatory and  the
Company's  shareholder approvals and is expected to close in the  second
quarter of 2000.



    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of The Liposome Company, Inc.:




Our  audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in  our
report dated February 4, 2000 (except for Note 15, as to which the  date
is March 14, 2000) appearing in Item 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K  also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed  in
the  Index in Item 14 of this Form 10-K.  In our opinion, this financial
statement  schedule  presents  fairly, in  all  material  respects,  the
information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the  related
consolidated financial statements.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Florham Park, New Jersey
February 4, 2000






               THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                               Schedule II


Column A                   Column B   Column C     Column D    Column E

                                      Additions
                           Balance     Charged                Balance at
                              at         to                       End
                          Beginning   Costs and   Deductions   of Period
                          of Period   Expenses

Year Ended January  2, 2000
Valuation Allowance for
Sales                  3,052,000     $  $40,231,000  $(38,736,000) $4,547,000
 Rebates and
Discounts.......
Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts............   $579,000            $299,000     $(59,000)    $819,000
 ..
Valuation Allowance for
  Income Taxes         $91,886,000       $       --    $(5,720,000)  $86,166,000


Year Ended January 3, 1999
Valuation Allowance for
Sales Rebates and
Discounts                $3,789,000   $30,460,000  $(31,197,000)   $3,052,000


Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts.................  1,285,000    373,000  (1,079,000)        $579,000
 ..
Valuation Allowance for
  Income Taxes            $76,718,0  $15,168,000      $--         $91,886,00



Year Ended December 28, 1997

Valuation Allowance for
Sales Rebates and
Discounts                   $609,000     $13,711,000   $(10,531,000) $3,789,000

Allowance for Doubtful

Accounts.................  1,079,000    256,000      (50,000)   1,285,000
 ..
Valuation Allowance for
  Income Taxes             $65,752,000  $10,966,000  $    --    $76,718,000




Item l4(a)3.  Exhibits to Form l0-K

     (A)  Exhibits
          Each  management contract or compensation plan required to  be
          filed  pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K is reflected  in
          Exhibit numbers 10-01, 10-02, 10-03 and 10-04.

Exhibit
Number

3(i)-01 Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, including
        Designation  of  Preferences of Series A Cumulative  Convertible
        Exchangeable Preferred Stock, as amended through July 12, 1999.
3(ii)   By-Laws  of the Company. (Filed with Registration No.  33-23292,
        and incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

3(iii)  Shareholder Rights Agreement dated as of July 11, 1996.   (Filed
        with  the  Company's Registration Statement on  Form  8-A,  file
        number   000-14887,   and  incorporated  herein   by   reference
        thereto.)

l0-01   The  Liposome Company, Inc. l986 Employee Stock Option  Plan  as
        amended March 3, 1995.  (Filed with the Company's Annual  Report
        on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1995,  and
        incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

l0-02   The  Liposome Company, Inc. l986 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
        as  amended  March  3,  1995. (Filed with the  Company's  Annual
        Report  on  Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995,  and
        incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-03   The  Liposome Company, Inc. 1991 Director's Non-Qualified  Stock
        Option   Plan.  (Filed  with  Registration  No.  33-66924,   and
        incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-04   The  Liposome Company, Inc. 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.   (Filed
        with  the  Company's 1996 Proxy Statement, File  No.  000-14887,
        incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-05   Agreement dated June 1, 1995 between the Company and Charles  A.
        Baker.  (Filed with the Company's Report on Form  10-Q  for  the
        period   ended  June  30,  1995,  and  incorporated  herein   by
        reference thereto.)

10-05-01  Agreement dated July 8, 1999 amending the Employment Agreement
        dated June 1, 1995 between the Company and Charles A. Baker.

10-06   Amphotericin  B  Supply Agreement dated as of January  1,  1993,
        between  the  Company and Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company.  (Filed
        with  the  Company's Annual Report on Form  10-K  for  the  year
        ended  December 31, 1994, and incorporated herein  by  reference
        thereto.)

10-07   License  Agreement  dated as of September 2, 1994,  between  the
        Company  and  Bristol-Meyers Squibb  Company.  (Filed  with  the
        Company's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended
        December   31,  1994,  and  incorporated  herein  by   reference
        thereto.)

10-08   Lease  Agreement  dated December 14, 1992, between  the  Company
        and  Peregrine Investment Partners I. (Filed with the  Company's
        Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K for the year  ended  December  31,
        1992, and incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-09   First  Amendment  dated  October 29,  1993  to  Lease  Agreement
        between the Company and Peregrine Investment Partners I.  (Filed
        with  the  Company's Annual Report on Form  10-K  for  the  year
        ended  December 31, 1994, and incorporated herein  by  reference
        thereto.)

Item l4(a)3.  Exhibits to Form l0-K (Continued)

Exhibit
Number


10-10   Second  Amendment  dated December 31, 1994  to  Lease  Agreement
        between the Company and Peregrine Investment Partners I.  (Filed
        with  the  Company's Annual Report on Form  10-K  for  the  year
        ended  December 31, 1995, and incorporated herein  by  reference
        thereto.)

10-11   Third  Amendment dated July 27, 1995 to Lease Agreement  between
        the  Company  and Peregrine Investment Partners I.  (Filed  with
        the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for  the  year  ended
        December   31,  1995,  and  incorporated  herein  by   reference
        thereto.)

10-12   Lease  Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995 between the Company
        and  One Research Way Partners. (Filed with the Company's Annual
        Report  on  Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995,  and
        incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-13   Credit  Agreement  dated  as of December  31,  1996,  among  the
        Company,  The Liposome Manufacturing Company, Inc.  and  General
        Electric Capital Corporation.  (Filed with the Company's  Annual
        Report  on  Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 1996,  and
        incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-14   Termination  Agreement dated July 14, 1997, among  The  Liposome
        Company,   Inc.,   Pfizer   Inc.,  and  Pfizer   Pharmaceuticals
        Production  Corporation.  (Filed with  the  Company's  Quarterly
        Report  on  Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28,  1997,
        and incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-15      Settlement Agreement dated August 11, 1997 among The Liposome
        Company, Inc NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ("NeXstar"), (now Gilead
        Sciences, Inc.) and Fujisawa USA, Inc. (Filed with the Company's
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 1997,
        and incorporated herein by reference thereto.)

10-16   Form  of  Executive Severance Agreement executed with each  Vice
        President  dated  as  of  January 22,  1998.   (Filed  with  the
        Company's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for  the  year  ending
        January 3, 1999.)

10-17   Form  of  Indemnification Agreement executed with  each  officer
        and director of the Company.

10-18   Agreement  dated  March 1, 1999 between the Company  and  Wyeth-
        Ayerst International Inc.

21      List of Company's subsidiaries.

23      Consent of Independent Accountants.

27      Financial Data Schedule

99-01   Settlement  Agreement  dated July 1, 1997,  among  The  Liposome
        Company,  Inc., the Board of Regents of the University of  Texas
        System,  and  the  University  of  Texas  M.D.  Anderson  Cancer
        Center, including Patent License Agreement as Exhibit B.  (Filed
        with   the   Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-3,
        Registration   No.   333-36931,  and  incorporated   herein   by
        reference thereto.)





                              EXHIBIT INDEX


EXHIBIT NO.                                                 PAGE


21.  Subsidiaries                                            63

23.  Consent of Independent Accountants                      64

                               EXHIBIT 21


                              Subsidiaries




     Name                                    Place of Incorporation


     The Liposome Company Japan, Ltd.        Tokyo, Japan


     Liposome Holdings, Inc.                 Delaware


     Nichiyu Liposome Company, Ltd.          Tokyo, Japan


     The Liposome Manufacturing              Delaware
         Company, Inc.


     The Liposome Company Ltd.               United Kingdom


     Laboratoires Liposome                        France


     Liposome SL                                  Spain


     Liposome Pty Ltd.                            Australia


     Liposome Canada Inc.                         Canada


     Liposome SrL                                 Italy


     Liposome S.a.r.l.                            Switzerland


     Liposome B.V.                           Netherlands


                               EXHIBIT 23


                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



We  hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements  on  Form  S-8 (File Nos. 333-20339  and  333-20341)  of  The
Liposome Company, Inc. of our report dated February 4, 2000 (except  for
Note  15,  as  to  which  the date is March 14, 2000)  relating  to  the
financial statements, which appears in this Annual Report on Form  10-K.
We  also  consent to the incorporation by reference of our report  dated
February  4,  2000 relating to the financial statement  schedule,  which
appears in this Form 10-K.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Florham Park, New Jersey
March 28, 2000





                               SIGNATURES

      Pursuant  to  the  requirements of Section 13  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report  to  be
signed  on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized  this
28th day of March, 2000.


                           THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           By:     /S/  Charles A. Baker
                                        Charles A. Baker

      Pursuant  to  the requirements of the Securities Exchange  Act  of
1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on  the
28th  day  of  March,  2000  on behalf of  the  Registrant  and  in  the
capacities indicated.


/S/  Charles A. Baker     Chairman of the Board, President Chief Executive
     Charles A. Baker      Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)


/S/  Lawrence R. Hoffman                                       Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
     Lawrence R. Hoffman      (Principal Accounting Officer)


/S/  James G. Andress                                           Director
     James G. Andress


/S/  Morton Collins, Ph.D.                                       Director
     Morton Collins, Ph.D.


/S/  Stuart F. Feiner                                           Director
     Stuart F. Feiner


/S/  Robert F. Hendrickson                                       Director
     Robert F. Hendrickson


/S/  Kenneth E. Johns, Esq.                                      Director
     Kenneth E. Johns, Esq.

/S/  Bengt Samuelsson, Dr.                                       Director
     Bengt Samuelsson, Dr.


/S/  Joseph T. Stewart, Jr.                                      Director
     Joseph T. Stewart, Jr.


/S/  Gerald Weissmann, M.D.                                      Director
     Gerald Weissmann, M.D.


/S/  Horst Witzel, Dr.-Ing.                                      Director
     Horst Witzel, Dr.-Ing.








<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-02-2000
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-02-2000
<CASH>                                          34,461
<SECURITIES>                                    36,880
<RECEIVABLES>                                    7,027
<ALLOWANCES>                                     (819)
<INVENTORY>                                      6,118
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                84,975
<PP&E>                                          51,639
<DEPRECIATION>                                (31,662)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 110,758
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           17,646
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           393
<OTHER-SE>                                      90,336
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   110,758
<SALES>                                         86,203
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                92,470
<CGS>                                           20,284
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   78,629
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 551
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 13,841
<INCOME-TAX>                                       790
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             13,051
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    13,051
<EPS-BASIC>                                       0.34
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.32


</TABLE>

4

                            RESTATED
                  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                               OF
                   THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC.

                 Pursuant to Section 245 of the
        General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


     THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC., a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby
certifies (1) that the former name of The Liposome Company, Inc.
was The Liposome Corporation; (2) that this Restated Certificate
of Incorporation of the Liposome Company, Inc. was duly adopted
by the Board of Directors of said Corporation in accordance with
Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware on September 14, 1995; (3) that this Restated
Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates, but does
not further amend, the original Certificate of Incorporation
filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware on August 6, 1981, as heretofore amended or
supplemented; and (4) that there is no discrepancy between those
provisions and the provisions of this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.

     FIRST.         The name of the Corporation is The Liposome
Company, Inc.

     SECOND.   The address of the Corporation's registered office
in the State of Delaware is No. 1209 Orange St. in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered
agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

     THIRD.    The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

     FOURTH.   The total number of shares of stock which the
Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 122,400,000
shares, which shares shall be classified as follows:

     (i) 120,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
share (hereinafter called the "Common Stock"); and

     (ii) 2,400,000 shares of Serial Preferred Stock, par value
$.01 per share (hereinafter called the "Serial Preferred Stock").
Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors
of the Company to adopt from time to time resolutions providing
for the issue of the Serial Preferred Stock in one or more
series, which resolutions shall fix the number of shares in each
such series and the voting power, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the
qualifications, limitations, and restrictions, of such series, to
the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the
State of Delaware. The Certificate of Designation for the 276,000
shares of Series A Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred
Stock issued on January 20, 1993 is attached hereto as Exhibit I.

     FIFTH.    The name and mailing address of the sole
incorporator is Roger W. Kapp, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York,
New York 10112.

     SIXTH.    No election of directors need be by written
ballot, unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

     SEVENTH.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers
conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly
authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the
Corporation.

     EIGHTH.   Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed
between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them
and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class
of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of
Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this
Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this
Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or
of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under
the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code
order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as
the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court
directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in
value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the
case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any
reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such
compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and
the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to
which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders
or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may
be, and also on this Corporation.

     NINTH.    A director of the Corporation shall not be
personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv)
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
     If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is
amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or
limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a
director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, as so amended.
     Any repeal or modification of this Article shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the
Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or
omission occurring prior to or at the time of such repeal or
modification.

     TENTH.    The annual meeting of the stockholders of this
Corporation, for the election of directors and the transaction of
such other business as may properly come before said meeting,
shall be held annually at such place within or without the State
of Delaware and at such time as may from time to time be
designated by the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice
of the meeting. Special meetings of the stockholders of this
Corporation, for the transaction of such business as may properly
come before said meeting, may be called (i) by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors of the Corporation or (ii) by the holders
of 20 percent or more of the outstanding shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote if such holders shall deliver a
written notice signed by each such holder requesting a special
meeting and setting forth with reasonable specificity the purpose
and proposed agenda thereof to the Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation, by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested. Upon a determination by the Chairman of
the Board to call a special meeting or receipt of notice from
holders of 20 percent or more of the outstanding shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote, the Board of Directors shall,
within a reasonable time, designate the time and place of the
special meeting and notify the stockholders of the Corporation in
such manner as is required by law or this Certificate of
Incorporation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Liposome Company, Inc. has caused
this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed this
30th day of October, 1995, by Carol J. Gillespie, its Vice
President and Secretary, who acknowledges under penalties of
perjury that said instrument is the act and deed of The Liposome
Company, Inc. and that the facts stated therein are true.

                              THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC.



                              By:  __________________________
                                   Carol J. Gillespie
                                   Vice President and Secretary
                            EXHIBIT I





                   CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION


                               OF


                            SERIES A


              CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE EXCHEANGEABLE
                         PREFERRED STOCK
                        ($.01 PAR VALUE)


                               OF


                   THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC.





                Pursuant to Section 151(g) of the
                   General Corporation Law of
                      The State of Delaware

                   CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
                               OF
  SERIES A CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                        ($.01 PAR VALUE)
                               OF
                   THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC.

    Pursuant to Section 151(g) of the General Corporation Law
                    of the state of Delaware



     THE UNDERSIGNED, being, respectively, the President and the
Secretary of The Liposome Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), DO HEREBY CERTIFY that, pursuant to the
provisions of Section 151(g) of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware the following resolutions were duly adopted
by the Board of Directors of the Company and pursuant to
authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the provisions
of the Certificate of Incorporation (as amended) of the Company
(the "Certificate of Incorporation"), the Board of Directors of
the Company, at a meeting duly held on December 2, 1992, adopted
resolutions providing for the issuance of a series of its Serial
Preferred Stock and fixing the relative powers, preferences,
rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such
stock. These resolutions are as follows:

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to authority expressly granted to
and vested in the Board of Directors of the Company by the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as
amended) (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), the issuance of a
series of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Preferred Stock"), which shall consist of up to 276,000 of the
2,400,000 shares of Preferred Stock which the Company now has
authority to issue, be, and the same hereby is, authorized, and
the Board hereby fixes the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and
the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the
shares of such series (in addition to the powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, set forth in the Certificate of
Incorporation which may be applicable to the Preferred Stock) as
follows:

     1.   Number of Shares and Designation.  276,000 shares of
the preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company are
hereby constituted as a series of the preferred stock designated
as Series A Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock
(the "Series A Preferred Stock").

     2.   Definitions.  For purposes of the Series A Preferred
Stock, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

     "Board of Directors" shall mean the board of directors of
the Company or any committee authorized by such Board of
Directors to perform any of its responsibilities with respect to
the Series A Preferred Stock..
     "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,
Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New
York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to
close.

     "Closing Price" of the Common Stock on any day shall mean on
such day the reported last sales price, regular way, for the
Common Stock or, in case no sale takes place on such day, the
average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, regular
way, for the Common Stock in either case as reported on the New
York Stock Exchange, on the principal national securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to
trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national
securities exchange, on the National Market System of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated
Quotation System ("NASDAQ National Market System") or, if the
Common Stock is not quoted on such National Market System, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock
on such day in the over-the-counter market as reported by NASDAQ
National Market System or, if bid and asked prices for the Common
Stock on each such date shall not have been reported by NASDAQ
National Market System, the average of the bid and asked prices
of the Common Stock for such day as furnished by any New York
Stock Exchange member firm regularly making a market in the
Common Stock selected for such purpose by the Board of Directors
or, if no such quotations are available, the fair market value of
the Common Stock furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member
firm selected from time to time by the Board of Directors for
that purpose.

     "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company,
par value $.01 per share.

     "Conversion Price" shall mean the conversion price per share
of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock is
convertible, as such Conversion Price may be adjusted pursuant to
Section 7 hereof. The initial Conversion Price will be $12.85
(equivalent to the rate of 1.9455 shares of Common Stock for each
Depositary Share (which represents ownership of l/10 of a share
of Series A Preferred Stock)).

     "Current Market Price" per share of Common Stock on any date
shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices for the 30
consecutive Trading Dates commencing forty-five Trading Dates
before the date of determination.

     "dividend payment date" shall have the meaning set forth in
paragraph (a) of Section 3 hereof.

     "dividend payment record date" shall have the meaning set
forth in paragraph (a) of Section 3 hereof.

     "Dividend Periods" shall mean quarterly dividend periods
commencing on the fifteenth day of January, April, July, and
October of each year and ending on and including the day
preceding the first day of the next succeeding Dividend Period
(other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on
the Issue Date and end on and include April 15, 1993).

     "Issue Date" shall mean the first date on which shares of
Series A Preferred Stock are issued.

     "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, partnership,
corporation or other entity, and shall include any successor (by
merger or otherwise) of such entity.

     "Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph
(d)(iii) of Section 7 hereof.

     "Trading Date" with respect to Common Stock means (i) if the
Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on the New York
Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange, a day on
which the New York Stock Exchange or such other national
securities exchange is open for business , (ii) if the Common
Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System, or a any
similar system of automated dissemination of quotations of
securities prices, a day on which trades may be made on such
system or (iii) if not quoted as described in clause (ii), days
on which quotations are reported by the National Quotation Bureau
Incorporated or (iv) otherwise, any Business Day.

     "Transaction" shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph
(e) of Section 7 hereof.

     "Transfer Agent" means Midlantic National Bank or such other
agent or agents of the Company as may be designated by the Board
of Directors of the Company as the transfer agent for the Series
A Preferred Stock.

     3.   Dividends.  (a) The holders of shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available
therefor, cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 7-3/4%
(an amount equivalent to $1.9375 per annum per share) of Series A
Preferred Stock.  Such dividends shall be cumulative from the
Issue Date, whether or not in any Dividend Period or Periods
there shall be funds of the Company legally available for the
payment of such dividends and whether or not such dividends are
declared, and shall be payable quarterly, when and as declared by
the Board of Directors, on January 15, April 15, July 15 and
October 15 in each year (each a "dividend payment date"),
commencing on April 15, 1993.  If April 15, 1993 or any other
dividend payment date shall be on a day other than a Business
Day, then the dividend payment date shall be on the next
succeeding Business Day.  Each such dividend shall be payable in
arrears to the holders of record of shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock, as they appear on the stock records of the
Company at the close of business on those dates (each such date,
a "dividend payment record date"), not less than 10 days nor more
than 60 days preceding the dividend payment dates thereof, as
shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.  Dividends on the
Series A Preferred Stock shall accrue (whether or not declared)
on a daily basis from the Issue Date and accrued dividends for
each Dividend Period shall accumulate to the extent not paid on
the dividend payment date first following the Dividend Period for
which they accrue.  As used herein, the term "accrued" with
respect to dividends includes both accrued and accumulated
dividends.  Accrued and unpaid dividends for any past Dividend
Periods may be declared and paid at any time, without reference
to any regular dividend payment date, to holders of record on
such date, not exceeding 45 days preceding the payment date
thereof, as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

          (b) The amount of dividends payable for each full
     Dividend Period for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be
     computed by dividing the annual dividend rate by four
     (rounded down to the nearest cent).  The amount of dividends
     payable for the initial Dividend Period on the Series A
     Preferred Stock, or any other period shorter or longer than
     a full Dividend Period on the Series A Preferred Stock shall
     be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of
     twelve 30-day months.  Holders of shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock called for redemption on a redemption date
     falling between the close of business on a dividend payment
     record date and the opening of business on the corresponding
     dividend payment date shall, in lieu of receiving such
     dividend on the dividend payment date fixed therefor,
     receive such dividend payment together with all other
     accrued and unpaid dividends on the date fixed for
     redemption (unless such holder converts such shares in
     accordance with Section 7 hereof).  Holders of shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any
     dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in
     excess of cumulative dividends, as herein provided, on the
     Series A Preferred Stock. No interest, or sum of money in
     lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any
     dividend payment or payments on the Series A Preferred Stock
     which may be in arrears.

          (c) So long as any shares of the Series A Preferred
     Stock are outstanding, no dividends, except as described in
     the next succeeding sentence, shall be declared or paid or
     set apart for payment on any class or series of stock of the
     Company ranking, as to dividends, on a parity with the
     Series A Preferred Stock, for any period unless full
     cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are
     declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the
     payment thereof set apart for such payment on the Series A
     Preferred Stock for all Dividend Periods terminating on or
     prior to the date of payment, or setting apart for payment,
     of such full cumulative dividends on such parity stock. When
     dividends are not paid in full or a sum sufficient for such
     payment is not set apart, as aforesaid, upon the shares of
     the Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series
     of stock ranking on a parity as to dividends with the Series
     A Preferred Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of the
     Series A Preferred Stock and all dividends declared upon
     such other stock shall be declared pro rata so that the
     amounts of dividends per share declared on the Series A
     Preferred Stock and such other stock shall in all cases bear
     to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per
     share on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and on
     such other stock bear to each other.

          (d) So long as any shares of the Series A Preferred
     Stock are outstanding, no other stock of the Company ranking
     on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to
     dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up
     shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any
     consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available
     for a sinking fund or otherwise for the purchase or
     redemption of any shares of any such stock) by the Company
     (except for repurchases from employees and consultants or by
     conversion into or exchange for stock of the Company ranking
     junior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends and
     upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) unless (i) the
     full cumulative dividends, if any, accrued on all
     outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall
     have been paid or set apart for payment for all past
     Dividend Periods and (ii) sufficient funds shall have been
     set apart for the payment of the dividend for the current
     Dividend Period with respect to the Series A Preferred
     Stock.

          (e) So long as any shares of the Series A Preferred
     Stock are outstanding, no dividends (other than dividends or
     distributions paid in shares of, or options, warrants or
     rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Common Stock
     or other stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred
     Stock, as to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or
     winding up) shall be declared or paid or set apart for
     payment and no other distribution shall be declared or made
     or set apart for payment, in each case upon the Common Stock
     or any other stock of the Company ranking junior to the
     Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up, nor shall any Common
     Stock nor any other such stock of the Company ranking junior
     to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up be redeemed,
     purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or
     any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund
     or otherwise for the purchase or redemption of any shares of
     any such stock) by the Company (except for repurchases from
     employees and consultants or by conversion into or exchange
     for stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series A
     Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up) unless, in each case (i) the full
     cumulative dividends, if any, accrued on all outstanding
     shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and any other stock
     of the Company ranking on a parity with the Series A
     Preferred Stock as to dividends shall have been paid or set
     apart for payment for all past Dividend Periods and all past
     dividend periods with respect to such other stock and (ii)
     sufficient funds shall have been set apart for the payment
     of the dividend for the current Dividend Period with respect
     to the Series A Preferred Stock and for the current dividend
     period with respect to any other stock of the Company
     ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to
     dividends.

          4.   Liquidation Preference.  (a) In the event of any
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
     whether voluntary or involuntary, before any payment or
     distribution of the assets of the Company (whether capital
     or surplus) shall be made to or set apart for the holders of
     Common Stock or any other series or class or classes of
     stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series A
     Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up,
     the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall
     be entitled to receive $250 per share plus an amount per
     share equal to all dividends (whether or not earned or
     declared) accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of final
     distribution to such holders; but such holders shall not be
     entitled to any further payment. No payment on account of
     any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company
     shall be made to the holders of any class or series of stock
     ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock in
     respect of the distribution of assets upon dissolution,
     liquidation or winding up unless there shall likewise be
     paid at the same time to the holders of the Series A
     Preferred Stock like proportionate amounts determined
     ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which the
     holders of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock and the holders of all outstanding shares of such
     parity stock are respectively entitled with respect to such
     distribution. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or
     winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company, or
     proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of the
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to
     pay in full the preferential amount aforesaid and
     liquidating payments on any other shares of stock ranking,
     as to liquidation, dissolution or winding up, on a parity
     with the Series A Preferred Stock, then such assets, or the
     proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any such other stock
     ratably in accordance with the respective amounts which
     would be payable on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     and any such other stock if all amounts payable thereon were
     paid in full. For the purposes of this Section 4, (i) a
     consolidation or merger of the Company with one or more
     corporations or other entities, (ii) a sale, lease, exchange
     or transfer of all or any part of the Company's assets or
     (iii) a statutory share exchange shall not be deemed to be a
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or
     involuntary.

          (b) Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of
     any series or class or classes of stock ranking on a parity
     with or prior to the Series A Preferred Stock upon
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up, upon any
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after
     payment shall have been made in full to the holders of
     Series A Preferred Stock, as provided in this Section 4, any
     other series or class or classes of stock ranking junior to
     the Series A Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution
     or winding up shall, subject to the respective terms and
     provisions (if any) applying thereto, be entitled to receive
     any and all assets remaining to be paid or distributed, and
     the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be
     entitled to share therein.

          (c) Written notice of any liquidation, dissolution or
     winding up of the Company, stating the payment date or dates
     when and the place or places where the amounts distributable
     in such circumstances shall be payable, shall be given by
     first class mail, postage prepaid, not less than thirty (30)
     days prior to any payment date stated therein, to the
     holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock at their
     respective addresses as the same shall appear on the books
     of the Transfer Agent.

          5.   Redemption at the Option of the Company.  (a)
     Series A Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Company
     prior to January 15, 1996, on or after which the Company, at
     its option, may redeem the shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock, in whole or in part, out of funds legally available
     therefor, at any time or from time to time, subject to the
     notice provisions and provisions for partial redemption
     described below, during the twelve-month periods beginning
     on January 15 in each of the following years at the
     following redemption prices per share plus an amount equal
     to accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to (and including)
     the date fixed for redemption, whether or not earned or
     declared.

                    YEAR                PRICE

                    1996                $264
                    1997                $262
                    1998                $260
                    1999                $258
                    2000                $256
                    2001                $254
                    2002                $252
                    2003 and thereafter      $250

          (b) In the event the Company shall redeem shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock, notice of such redemption shall be
     given by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less
     than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date,
     to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed, at
     such holder's address as the same appears on the stock
     records of the Company. Each such notice shall state: (i)
     the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the
     shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of
     such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (iii) the
     redemption price; (iv) the place or places where
     certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for
     payment of the redemption price; (v) the then current
     conversion price; and (vi) that dividends on the shares to
     be redeemed shall cease to accrue on such redemption date.
     Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the
     redemption date, unless the Company shall be in default in
     providing money for the payment of the redemption price
     (including any accrued and unpaid dividends to (and
     including) the date fixed for redemption), (i) dividends on
     the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock so called for
     redemption shall cease to accrue, (ii) said shares shall be
     deemed no longer outstanding, and (iii) all rights of the
     holders thereof as stockholders of the Company (except the
     right to receive from the Company the moneys payable upon
     redemption without interest thereon) shall cease. The
     Company's obligation to provide moneys in accordance with
     the preceding sentence shall be deemed fulfilled if, on or
     before the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with a
     bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of
     Manhattan, City of New York, and having a capital and
     surplus of at least $50,000,000, funds necessary for such
     redemption, in trust for the account of the holders of the
     shares to be redeemed (and so as to be and continue to be
     available therefor), with irrevocable instructions and
     authority to such bank or trust company that such funds be
     applied to the redemption of the shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock so called for redemption. Any interest
     accrued on such funds shall be paid to the Company from time
     to time. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of
     three years from such redemption date shall be released or
     repaid to the Company, after which, subject to any
     applicable laws relating to escheat or unclaimed property,
     the holder or holders of such shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock so called for redemption shall look only to the
     Company for payment of the redemption price.

          Upon surrender in accordance with said notice of the
     certificates for any such shares so redeemed (properly
     endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors
     shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares
     shall be redeemed by the Company at the applicable
     redemption price aforesaid. If fewer than all the
     outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock are to be
     redeemed, shares to be redeemed shall be selected by the
     Company from outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as
     near as may be) or by any other method determined by the
     Company in its sole discretion to be equitable. If fewer
     than all the shares represented by any certificate are
     redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the
     unredeemed shares without cost to the holder thereof.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if notice of redemption
     has been given pursuant to this Section 5 and any holder of
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall, prior to the close
     of business on (i) the redemption date, or (ii) if the
     Company shall so elect and state in the notice of
     redemption, the date (which date shall be the date fixed for
     redemption or an earlier date not less than 30 days after
     the date of mailing of the redemption notice) on which the
     Company irrevocably deposits with a designated bank or trust
     company as paying agent, money sufficient to pay, on the
     redemption date, the redemption price, give written notice
     to the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof of the
     conversion of any or all of the shares to be redeemed held
     by such holder (accompanied by a certificate or certificates
     for such shares, duly endorsed or assigned to the Company),
     then the conversion of such shares to be redeemed shall
     become effective as provided in Section 7.

          6.   Shares to be Retired.  All shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock purchased, redeemed, exchanged, or converted
     by the Company shall be retired and canceled and shall be
     restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of
     preferred stock, without designation as to series and may
     thereafter be reissued.

          7.   Conversion.  Holders of shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock shall have the right to convert all or a
     portion of such shares (including fractions of such shares)
     into shares of Common Stock, as follows:

          (a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions
     of this Section 7, a holder of shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock shall have the right, at his or her option, at any
     time to convert any of such shares (or fractions thereof)
     into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of
     Common Stock (calculated as to each conversion to the
     nearest l/lOOth of a share) obtained by dividing the
     aggregate liquidation preference of the shares to be
     converted by the Conversion Price and by surrender of such
     shares, such surrender to be made in the manner provided in
     paragraph (b) of this Section 7; provided, however, that the
     right to convert shares called for redemption pursuant to
     Section 5 shall terminate at the close of business on (i)
     the date fixed for such redemption, or (ii) if the Company
     shall so elect and state in the notice of redemption, the
     date (which date shall be the date fixed for redemption or
     an earlier date not less than 30 days after the date of
     mailing of the redemption notice) on which the Company
     irrevocably deposits with a designated bank or trust company
     as paying agent, money sufficient to pay, on the redemption
     date, the redemption price, unless the Company shall default
     in making payment of the amount payable upon such
     redemption. Subject to the following provisions of this
     Section 7(a), any share of Series A Preferred Stock may be
     converted, at the option of its holder, in part into Common
     Stock under the procedures set forth above. If a part of a
     share of Series A Preferred Stock is converted, then the
     Company will convert such share into the appropriate number
     of shares of Common Stock (subject to paragraph (c) of this
     Section 7) and issue a fractional share of Series A
     Preferred Stock evidencing the remaining interest of such
     holder.

          (b) In order to exercise the conversion right, the
     holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock (or
     fraction thereof) to be converted shall surrender the
     certificate representing such share, duly endorsed or
     assigned to the Company or in blank, at the office of the
     Transfer Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New
     York, accompanied by written notice to the Company that the
     holder thereof elects to convert Series A Preferred Stock or
     a specified portion thereof. Unless the shares issuable on
     conversion are to be issued in the same name as the name in
     which such share of Series A Preferred Stock is registered,
     each share surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied
     by instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the
     Company, duly executed by the holder or such holder's duly
     authorized attorney and an amount sufficient to pay any
     transfer or similar tax (or evidence reasonably satisfactory
     to the Company demonstrating that such taxes have been paid
     or are not required to be paid).

          Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the
     close of business on a dividend payment record date shall be
     entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on
     the corresponding dividend payment date (except that holders
     of shares called for redemption on a redemption date falling
     between the close of business on such dividend payment
     record date and the opening of business on the corresponding
     dividend payment date shall, in lieu of receiving such
     dividend on the dividend payment date fixed therefor,
     receive such dividend payment together with all other
     accrued and unpaid dividends on the date fixed for
     redemption, unless such holder converts such shares called
     for redemption pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7)
     notwithstanding the conversion thereof following such
     dividend payment record date and prior to such dividend
     payment date.  A holder of shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock on a dividend payment record date who (or whose
     transferee) tenders any such shares for conversion into
     shares of Common Stock on the corresponding dividend payment
     date will receive the dividend payable by the Company on
     such shares of Series A Preferred Stock on such date. Except
     as provided above, the Company shall make no payment or
     allowance for unpaid dividends, whether or not in arrears,
     on converted shares or for dividends on the shares of Common
     Stock issued upon such conversion.

          As promptly as practicable after the surrender of
     certificates for shares of Series A Preferred Stock as
     aforesaid, the Company shall issue and shall deliver at such
     office to such holder, or on his or her written order, a
     certificate or certificates for the number of shares of
     Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares in
     accordance with the provisions of this Section 7, and any
     fractional interest in respect of a share of Common Stock
     arising upon such conversion shall be settled as provided in
     paragraph (c) of this Section 7.

          Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected
     immediately prior to the close of business on the date on
     which the certificates for shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock shall have been surrendered and such notice received
     by the Company as aforesaid, and the person or persons in
     whose name or names any certificate or certificates for
     shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such
     conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or
     holders of record of the shares represented thereby at such
     time on such date and such conversion shall be at the
     Conversion Price in effect at such time on such date, unless
     the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed on
     that date, in which event such person or persons shall be
     deemed to have become such holder or holders of record at
     the close of business on the next succeeding day on which
     such stock transfer books are open, but such conversion
     shall be at the Conversion Price in effect on the date upon
     which such shares shall have been surrendered and such
     notice received by the Company. All shares of Common Stock
     delivered upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock
     will upon delivery be duly and validly issued and fully paid
     and nonassessable.

          (c) In connection with the conversion of any shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock, fractions of such shares may be
     converted; however, no fractional shares or scrip
     representing fractions of shares of Common Stock shall be
     issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.
     Instead of any fractional interest in a share of Common
     Stock which would otherwise be deliverable upon the
     conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock (or
     fraction thereof), the Company shall pay to the holder of
     such share an amount in cash (computed to the nearest cent)
     equal to the Current Market Price of Common Stock on the
     Trading Date immediately preceding the date of conversion
     multiplied by the fraction of a share of Common Stock
     represented by such fractional interest. If more than one
     share (or fraction thereof) shall be surrendered for
     conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of
     full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof
     shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock so surrendered.

          (d) The Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to
     time as follows:

               (i) In case the Company shall after the Issue Date
          (A) pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common
          Stock in shares of its Common Stock, (B) subdivide or
          split its outstanding Common Stock into a greater
          number of shares, (C) combine its outstanding Common
          Stock into a smaller number of shares or (D) issue any
          shares of capital stock by reclassification of its
          Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect
          immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the
          holder of any share of Series A Preferred Stock
          thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled
          to receive the number of shares of Common Stock of the
          Company which such holder would have owned or have been
          entitled to receive after the occurrence of any of the
          events described above had such share been surrendered
          for conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of
          such event or the record date therefor, whichever is
          earlier. An adjustment made pursuant to this
          subparagraph (i) shall become effective immediately
          after the close of business on the record date for
          determination of stockholders entitled to receive such
          dividend or distribution in the case of a dividend or
          distribution (except as provided in paragraph (h)
          below) and shall become effective immediately after the
          close of business on the effective date in the case of
          a subdivision, split combination or reclassification.
          Any shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of a
          dividend shall be deemed to have been issued
          immediately prior to the close of business on the
          record date for such dividend for purposes of
          calculating the number of outstanding shares of Common
          Stock under clauses (ii) and (iii) below.

               (ii) In case the Company shall issue after the
          Issue Date rights or warrants to all holders of Common
          Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within 45
          days after the issuance date) to subscribe for or
          purchase Common Stock at a price per share less than
          the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock at
          the record date for the determination of shareholders
          entitled to receive such rights or warrants, then the
          Conversion Price in effect immediately prior thereto
          shall be adjusted to equal the price determined by
          multiplying (I) the Conversion Price in effect
          immediately prior to the date of issuance of such
          rights or warrants by (II) a fraction, the numerator of
          which shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of
          Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of
          such rights or warrants (without giving effect to any
          such issuance) and (B) the number of shares which the
          aggregate proceeds from the exercise of such rights or
          warrants for Common Stock would purchase at such
          Current Market Price, and the denominator of which
          shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common
          Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such
          rights or warrants (without giving effect to any such
          issuance) and (B) the number of additional shares of
          Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase. Such
          adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such
          rights or warrants are issued, and shall become
          effective immediately after such record date. In
          determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the
          holders of Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase
          shares of Common Stock at less than such Current Market
          Price, there shall be taken into account any
          consideration received by the Company upon issuance and
          upon exercise of such rights or warrants, the value of
          such consideration, if other than cash, to be
          determined by the Board of Directors.

               (iii) In case the Company shall pay a dividend or
          make a distribution to all holders of its Common Stock
          after the Issue Date of any shares of capital stock of
          the Company or its subsidiaries (other than Common
          Stock) or evidences of its indebtedness or assets
          (excluding cash dividends or cash distributions paid
          from profits or surplus of the Company) or rights or
          warrants to subscribe for or purchase any of its
          securities or those of its subsidiaries (excluding
          those referred to in subparagraph (ii) above) (any of
          the foregoing being hereinafter in this subparagraph
          (iii) called the "Securities"), then in each such case,
          the Conversion Price shall be adjusted so that it shall
          equal the price determined by multiplying (I) the
          Conversion Price in effect on the record date mentioned
          below by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which shall
          be the Current Market Price per share of the Common
          Stock on the record date mentioned below less the then
          fair market value (as determined by the Board of
          Directors, whose determination shall, if made in good
          faith, be conclusive) as of such record date of the
          portion of the capital stock or assets or evidences of
          indebtedness so distributed or of such rights or
          warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock, and
          the denominator of which shall be the Current Market
          Price per share of the Common Stock on such record
          date, provided, however, that in the event the then
          fair market value (as so determined) of the portion of
          Securities so distributed applicable to one share of
          Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current
          Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the
          record date mentioned above, in lieu of the foregoing
          adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that
          each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall
          have the right to receive the amount and kind of
          Securities such holder would have received had he
          converted each such share of Series A Preferred Stock
          immediately prior to the record date for the
          distribution of the Securities. Such adjustment shall
          become effective immediately, except as provided in
          paragraph (h) below, after the record date for the
          determination of shareholders entitled to receive such
          distribution.

               (iv) Notwithstanding anything in subparagraphs
          (ii) and (iii) above, if such rights or warrants shall
          by their terms provide for an increase or increases
          with the passage of time or otherwise in the price
          payable to the Company upon the exercise thereof, the
          Conversion Price upon any such increase becoming
          effective shall forthwith be readjusted (but to no
          greater extent than originally adjusted by reason of
          such issuance or sale) to reflect the same. Upon the
          expiration or termination of such rights or warrants,
          if any such rights or warrants shall not have been
          exercised, then the Conversion Price shall forthwith be
          readjusted and thereafter be the rate which it would
          have been had an adjustment been made on the basis that
          (x) the only rights or warrants so issued or sold were
          those so exercised and they were issued or sold for the
          consideration actually received by the Company upon
          such exercise plus the consideration, if any, actually
          received by the Company for the granting of all such
          options, rights or warrants whether or not exercised
          and (y) the Company issued and sold a number of shares
          of Common Stock equal to those actually issued upon
          exercise of such rights, and such shares were issued
          and sold for a consideration equal to the aggregate
          exercise price in effect under the exercise rights
          actually exercised at the respective dates of their
          exercise. For purposes of subparagraphs (ii) and (iv),
          the aggregate consideration received by the Company in
          connection with the issuance of shares of Common Stock
          or of rights or warrants shall be deemed to be equal to
          the sum of the aggregate offering price (before
          deduction of underwriting discounts or commissions and
          expenses payable to third parties) of all such
          securities plus the minimum aggregate amount, if any,
          payable upon the exercise of such rights or warrants
          into shares of common Stock.

               (v) No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be
          required unless such adjustment would require an
          increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price;
          Provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason
          of this subparagraph (v) are not required to be made
          shall be carried forward and taken into account in any
          subsequent adjustment; and provided, further, any
          adjustment shall be required and shall be made in
          accordance with the provisions of this Section 7 (other
          than this subparagraph (v)) not later than such time as
          may be required in order to preserve the tax-free
          nature of a distribution to the holder of shares of
          Common Stock. All calculations under this Section 7
          shall be made to the nearest cent (with $.005 being
          rounded upward) or to the nearest l/lOOth of a share
          (with .005 of a share being rounded upward), as the
          case may be. Anything in this paragraph (d) to the
          contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be
          entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to make such
          reductions in the Conversion Price, in addition to
          those required by this paragraph (d), as it in its
          discretion shall determine to be advisable in order
          that any stock dividends, subdivision of shares,
          distribution of rights or warrants to purchase stock or
          securities, or a distribution of other assets or any
          other transaction which could be treated as any of the
          foregoing transactions pursuant to Section 306 of the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, hereafter
          made by the Company to its stockholders shall not be
          taxable for such stockholders.

          (e) In case the Company shall be a party to any
     transaction (including without limitation a merger,
     consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the
     Company's assets or recapitalization of the Common Stock and
     excluding any transaction as to which paragraph (d)(i) of
     this Section 7 applies) (each of the foregoing being
     referred to as a "Transaction"), in each case as a result of
     which shares of Common Stock shall be converted into the
     right to receive stock, securities or other property
     (including cash or any combination thereof), then the Series
     A Preferred Stock will thereafter no longer be subject to
     conversion into Common Stock pursuant to Section 7, but
     instead shall be convertible into the kind and amount of
     shares of stock and other securities and property receivable
     (including cash) upon the consummation of such Transaction
     by a holder of that number of shares or fraction thereof of
     Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred
     Stock was convertible immediately prior to such Transaction.
     The Company shall not be a party to any Transaction unless
     the terms of such Transaction are consistent with the
     provisions of this paragraph (e) and it shall not consent or
     agree to the occurrence of any Transaction until the Company
     has entered into an agreement with the successor or
     purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of
     the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock which will
     contain provisions enabling the holders of the Series A
     Preferred Stock which remains outstanding after such
     Transaction to convert into the consideration received by
     holders of Common Stock at the Conversion Price immediately
     after such Transaction. In the event that at any time, as a
     result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7, the
     Series A Preferred Stock shall become subject to conversion
     into any securities other than shares of Common Stock,
     thereafter the number of such other securities so issuable
     upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner
     and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the
     provisions with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred
     Stock contained in this Section 7. The Provisions of this
     paragraph (e) shall similarly apply to successive
     Transactions.

          (f) If:

               (i) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any
          other distribution) on the Common Stock; or

               (ii) the Company shall authorize the granting to
          the holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants
          to subscribe for or purchase any shares of any class or
          any other rights or warrants: or

               (iii) there shall be any reclassification or
          change of the Common Stock (other than an event to
          which paragraph (d)(i) of this Section 7 applies) or
          any consolidation, merger or statutory share exchange
          to which the Company is a party and for which approval
          of any stockholders of the Company is required, or the
          sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the
          assets of the Company or any Corporate Change or
          Ownership Change (each as defined in Section 8 below);
          or

               (iv) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary
          dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

     then, except as provided otherwise in Section 8, the Company
     shall cause to be filed with the Transfer Agent and shall
     cause to be mailed to the holders of shares of the Series A
     Preferred Stock at their addresses as shown on the stock
     records of the Company, as promptly as possible, but at
     least 30 days prior to the applicable date hereinafter
     specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record
     is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,
     distribution or granting of rights or warrants, or, if a
     record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders
     of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend,
     distribution or rights or warrants are to be determined or
     (B) the date on which such reclassification, change,
     consolidation, merger, statutory share exchange, sale,
     transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected
     to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is
     expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be
     entitled to exchange these shares of Common Stock for
     securities or other property deliverable upon such
     reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, statutory
     share exchange, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or
     winding up. Failure to give such notice or any defect
     therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the
     proceedings described in this Section

          (g) Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted as herein
     provided, the Company shall promptly file with the Transfer
     Agent an officers' certificate signed by the President or a
     Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the
     Treasurer setting forth the Conversion Price after such
     adjustment, the method of calculation thereof and setting
     forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such
     adjustment and upon which such adjustments are based.
     Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company
     shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion
     Price setting forth the adjusted Conversion Price, the facts
     requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustments
     are based and the date on which such adjustment becomes
     effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of
     the Conversion Price to the holder of each share of Series A
     Preferred Stock at his or her last address as shown on the
     stock records of the Company.

          (h) In any case in which paragraph (d) of this Section
     7 provides that an adjustment shall become effective
     immediately after a record date for an event and the date
     fixed for conversion pursuant to Section 7 occurs after such
     record date but before the occurrence of such event, the
     Company may defer until the actual occurrence of such event
     (A) issuing to the holder of any share of Series A Preferred
     Stock surrendered for conversion the additional shares of
     Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the
     adjustment required by such event over and above the Common
     Stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to
     such adjustment and (B) paying to such holder any amount in
     cash in lieu of any fraction pursuant to paragraph (c) of
     this Section 7.

          (i) For purposes of this Section 7, the number of
     shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not
     include any shares of Common Stock then owned or held by or
     for the account of the Company or any corporation controlled
     by the Company.

          (j) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the
     contrary, the issuance of any shares of Common Stock
     pursuant to any plan providing for the reinvestment of
     dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company
     and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares
     of Common Stock under any such plan shall not be deemed to
     constitute an issuance of Common Stock. There shall be no
     adjustment of the Conversion Price in case of the issuance
     of any stock of the Company in a reorganization, acquisition
     or other similar transaction except as specifically set
     forth in this Section 7. If any action or transaction would
     require adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to more
     than one paragraph of this Section 7, only one adjustment
     shall be made and such adjustment shall be the amount of
     adjustment which has the highest absolute value.

          (k) In case the Company shall take any action affecting
     the Common Stock, other than action described in this
     Section 7, which in the opinion of the Board of Directors
     would materially adversely affect the conversion rights of
     the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the
     Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock may be
     adjusted, to the extent permitted by law, in such manner, if
     any, and at such time, as the Board of Directors may
     determine to be equitable in the circumstances.

          (1) The Company covenants that it will at all times
     reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out
     of the aggregate of its authorized but unissued shares of
     Common Stock or its issued shares of Common Stock held in
     its treasury, or both, for the purpose of effecting
     conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the full number
     of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the conversion of
     all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock not
     theretofore converted. For purposes of this paragraph (1),
     the number of shares of Common Stock which shall be
     deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock shall be computed as if at the time
     of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a
     single holder.

          Before taking any action which would cause an
     adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par
     value of the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon
     conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company will
     take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its
     counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly
     and legally issue fully-paid and nonassessable shares of
     Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

          The Company will endeavor to make the shares of Common
     Stock required to be delivered upon conversion of the Series
     A Preferred Stock eligible for trading upon the NASDAQ
     National Market System or upon any national securities
     exchange upon which the Common Stock shall then be traded,
     prior to such delivery.

          Prior to the delivery of any securities which the
     Company shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the
     Series A Preferred Stock, the Company will endeavor to
     comply with all federal and state laws and regulations
     thereunder requiring the registration of such securities
     with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof
     by, any governmental authority.

          (m) The Company will pay any and all documentary stamp
     or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the
     issue or delivery of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     (or any other securities issued on account of the Series A
     Preferred Stock pursuant hereto) or shares of Common Stock
     on conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant
     hereto; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
     required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of
     any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock (or any other securities issued on
     account of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant hereto) or
     shares of Common Stock in a name other than the name in
     which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to
     which such Common Stock shares are issued were registered
     and the Company shall not be required to make any issue or
     delivery unless and until the person requesting such issue
     or delivery has paid to the Company the amount of any such
     tax or has established, to the reasonable satisfaction of
     the Company, that such tax has been paid or is not required
     to be paid.

          (n) The Company shall not take any action which results
     in adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock
     issuable upon conversion of a share of Series A Preferred
     Stock if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable
     after such action upon conversion of the Series A Preferred
     Stock then outstanding, together with the total number of
     shares of Common Stock then outstanding, would exceed the
     total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized under
     the Company's Certificate of Incorporation.  Subject to the
     foregoing, the Company shall take all such actions as it may
     deem reasonable under the circumstances to provide for the
     issuance of such number of shares of Common Stock as would
     be necessary to allow for the conversion from time to time,
     and taking into account adjustments as herein provided, of
     outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in
     accordance with the terms and provisions of the Company's
     Certificate of Incorporation.

          8.   Special Conversion Rights Upon Corporate Change or
     Ownership Change

          (a) If a Corporate Change (as defined below) should
     occur with respect to the Company, each holder of shares of
     the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right, at the
     holder's option, for a period of 45 days after the mailing
     of a notice by the Company that a Corporate Change has
     occurred, to convert all, but not less than all, of such
     holder's shares of the Series A Preferred Stock into
     Marketable Stock as defined below) with an aggregate
     Applicable Market Value (as defined below) equal to the
     aggregate Stated Value as defined below) of the Series A
     Preferred Stock so converted. The Company or successor
     corporation, as the case may be, at its option, in lieu of
     providing Marketable Stock upon any such conversion, may
     provide the holders who have elected to convert under this
     Section 8 with cash equal to the Stated Value of the Series
     A Preferred Stock for which conversion was elected, but only
     if the Company, in its notice to the holder that a Corporate
     Change has occurred, has notified such holder of the
     Company's election to provide such holder with cash equal to
     such Stated Value in lieu of such Marketable Stock, provided
     that any such election by the Company shall apply to all
     shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for which the special
     conversion was elected. Shares of the Series A Preferred
     Stock that are not converted as provided above will remain
     convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash, or
     other assets that the holders of the shares of the Series A
     Preferred Stock would have owned immediately after the
     Corporate Change if the holders had converted the shares of
     the Series A Preferred Stock immediately before the
     effective date of the Corporate Change. The Company will
     notify the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of any
     pending Corporate Change as soon as practicable and in any
     event within 30 days in advance of the effective date of
     such Corporate Change. In the event of a pending Corporate
     Change, the Company (or any successor corporation) shall,
     unless it has determined to provide the holders who have
     elected to convert under this Section 8 with cash as
     provided above, take all action necessary to provide for
     sufficient shares of Marketable Stock for the conversion of
     the Series A Preferred Stock as provided herein.

          (b) If an Ownership Change (as defined below) should
     occur with respect to the Company, each holder of a share of
     the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right, at the
     holder's option, for a period of 45 days after the mailing
     of a notice by the Company that an Ownership Change has
     occurred, to convert all, but not less than all, of such
     holder's shares of the Series A Preferred Stock into Common
     Stock of the Company with an aggregate Applicable Market
     Value equal to the aggregate Stated Value of the Series A
     Preferred Stock so converted. The Company may, at its
     option, in lieu of providing Common Stock upon any such
     conversion, provide the holders who have elected to convert
     under this Section 8 with cash equal to the Stated Value of
     the shares of Series A Preferred Stock for which the special
     conversion was elected, but only if the Company, in its
     notice to the holder that an Ownership Change has occurred,
     has notified such holder of the Company's election to
     provide such holder with cash equal to such Stated Value in
     lieu of such Common Stock, provided that any such election
     by the Company shall apply to all shares of the Series A
     Preferred Stock for which the special conversion was
     elected.

          (c) The special conversion right provided in this
     Section 8 arising upon an Ownership Change will only be
     applicable with respect to the first Ownership Change that
     occurs after the date hereof.

          (d) If a Corporate Change or an Ownership Change shall
     occur, then, as soon as practicable and in any event within
     30 days after the occurrence of such Corporate Change-or
     Ownership Change, the Company shall mail to each registered
     holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock a notice (the
     "Special Conversion Notice") setting forth details regarding
     the special conversion right of the holders to convert their
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock as a result of such
     Corporate Change or Ownership Change, as the case may be,
     including, if applicable, notice of the Company's or the
     successor corporation's election to provide such holder with
     cash in lieu of Marketable Stock or Common Stock. The holder
     of a share of Series A Preferred Stock must exercise such
     conversion right within the 45-day period after the mailing
     of the Special Conversion Notice by the Company or such
     special right shall expire. The conversion date for shares
     so converted shall be the 45th day after the mailing of the
     Special Conversion Notice. Within five business days
     thereafter, the Company shall deliver a certificate for the
     Marketable Stock issuable upon such conversion with a check
     for any fractional shares issuable or the cash equal to the
     Stated Value of the Series A Preferred Stock, if the Company
     has so elected. Exercise of such conversion right shall be
     irrevocable and no dividend on the shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock tendered for conversion shall accrue from
     and after the conversion date.

          (e) The Special Conversion Notice shall state:

               (i) the event constituting the Corporate Change or
          Ownership Change;

               (ii) the last date upon which holders may submit
          shares of Series A preferred Stock for conversion;

               (iii) the Applicable Market Value;

               (iv) the Conversion Price then in effect under
          Section 7 and the continuing conversion rights, if any,
          under Section 5:

               (v) the name and address of any paying agent and
          conversion agent;

               (vi) that holders who want to convert shares of
          Series A Preferred Stock must satisfy the requirements
          of Section 7 and must exercise such conversion right
          within the 45-day period after the mailing of such
          notice by the Corporation;

               (vii) that exercise of such conversion right shall
          be irrevocable and no dividends on shares of Series A
          Preferred Stock tendered for conversion shall accrue
          from and after the conversion date;

               (viii) that the Corporation may, at its option,
          pay cash equal to the Stated Value of all shares of
          Series A Preferred Stock for which the special
          conversion was elected;

               (ix) that the certificate for the Marketable Stock
          or the cash, as the case may be, shall be delivered
          within five business days after the last date upon
          which holders may submit Series A Preferred Stock for
          conversion .

          (f)  (i) As used herein, a "Corporate Change" with
          respect to the Company shall be deemed to have occurred
          at such time as the Company is a party to a business
          combination, including a merger or consolidation or the
          sale of all or substantially all of its assets and as a
          result of such business combination, the Series A
          Preferred Stock (or the Depositary Shares representing
          the Series A Preferred Stock) or the Common Stock
          thereafter is not traded on the New York Stock
          Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or admitted for
          quotation on the NASDAQ National Market System. A
          Corporate Change will not, however, be deemed to occur
          with respect to any transaction in which the
          consideration received by the holders of Common Stock
          of the Corporation consists solely of Marketable Stock.

               (ii) As used herein, an "Ownership Change" with
          respect to the Company shall be deemed to have occurred
          at such time as any "person" (as defined in Section
          13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended (the "Exchange Act")) becomes the beneficial
          owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of
          more than 50% of the outstanding Common Stock of the
          Company pursuant to a transaction that does not
          constitute a Corporate Change with respect to the
          Company.

               (iii) As used herein, a person shall be deemed to
          have "beneficial ownership" with respect to, and shall
          be deemed to "beneficially own," any securities of the
          Company in accordance with Section 13 of the Exchange
          Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations (including
          rule 13d-3, Rule 13d-5, and any successor rules)
          promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission
          thereunder; provided, however, that a person shall be
          deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities
          that any such person has a right to acquire whether
          such right is exercisable immediately or only after the
          passage of time and without regard to the 60 day
          limitation referred to in Rule 13d-3.

               (iv) As used herein, the term "Marketable Stock"
          shall mean Common Stock or common stock of any
          corporation that is the successor to all or
          substantially all of the business or assets of the
          Company as a result of a Corporate Change, that is (or
          will, upon distribution thereof, be) listed on the New
          York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or
          approved for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market
          System.

               (v) As used in this Section 8, the "Applicable
          Market Value" of a share of the Common Stock or a share
          of common stock of a corporation that is the successor
          to all or substantially all of the business and assets
          of the Company as the result of a Corporate Change,
          shall be the average of the Closing Price of such
          Common Stock for the five trading days ending on the
          last trading day preceding the date of Corporate Change
          or Ownership Change.

               (vi) As used herein, the "Stated Value" of Series
          A Preferred Stock converted during the 45-day period
          following the occurrence of a Corporate Change or an
          Ownership Change shall mean the liquidation preference
          (as provided in Section 4 hereof) of the Series A
          Preferred Stock so converted, together with any accrued
          and unpaid dividends to the conversion date.

          9.   Ranking.  Any class or classes of stock of the
     Company shall be deemed to rank:

               (i) prior to the Series A Preferred Stock, as to
          dividends or as to distribution of assets upon
          liquidation, dissolution or winding up, if the holders
          of such class shall be entitled to the receipt of
          dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in
          preference or priority to the holders of Series A
          Preferred Stock.

               (ii) on a parity with the Series A Preferred
          Stock, as to dividends or as to distribution of assets
          upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether or
          not the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or
          redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof be
          different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock,
          if the holders of such class of stock and the Series A
          Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of
          dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in
          proportion to their respective amounts of accrued and
          unpaid dividends per share or liquidation prices,
          without preference or priority of one over the other;
          and

               (iii) junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, as
          to dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon
          liquidation, dissolution or winding up, if such stock
          shall be Common Stock or if the holder of Series A
          Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of
          dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in
          preference or priority to the holders of shares of such
          stock.

          10.  Voting.  (a) Except as herein provided or as
     otherwise from time to time required by law, holders of
     Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.
     Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding
     shall be cumulatively in arrears for such number of Dividend
     Periods (whether or not consecutive) which shall in the
     aggregate contain not less than 540 days, the holders of
     Series A Preferred Stock shall have the exclusive right,
     voting separately as a class with holders of shares of any
     one or more other series of preferred stock ranking on a
     parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or
     on the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution
     or winding up and upon which like voting rights have been
     conferred and are exercisable (the Series A Preferred Stock
     and any such other preferred stock, collectively for
     purposes of this Section 10, the "Defaulted Preferred
     Stock"), to elect two directors of the Company at the
     Company's next annual meeting of stockholders and at each
     subsequent annual meeting of stockholders; provided,
     however, that if such voting rights shall become vested more
     than ninety days or less than twenty days before the date
     prescribed for the annual meeting of shareholders, thereupon
     the holders of the shares of Defaulted Preferred Stock shall
     be entitled to exercise their voting rights at a special
     meeting of the holders of shares of Defaulted Preferred
     Stock as set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section
     10. At elections for such directors, each holder of Series A
     Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share
     held (the holders of shares of any other series of Defaulted
     Preferred Stock ranking on such a parity being entitled to
     such number of votes, if any, for each share of stock held
     as may be granted to them). Upon the vesting of such right
     of the holders of Defaulted Preferred Stock, the maximum
     authorized number of members of the Board of Directors shall
     automatically be increased by two and the two vacancies so
     created shall be filled by vote of the holders of
     outstanding Defaulted Preferred Stock as hereinafter set
     forth. The right of holders of Defaulted Preferred Stock,
     voting separately as a class, to elect members of the Board
     of Directors as aforesaid shall continue until such time as
     all dividends accumulated on Defaulted Preferred Stock shall
     have been paid or declared and funds set aside for payment
     in full, at which time such right shall terminate, except as
     herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in
     the event of each and every subsequent default of the
     character above mentioned.

          (b) Whenever such voting right shall have vested, such
     right may be exercised initially either at a special meeting
     of the holders of shares of Defaulted Preferred Stock called
     as hereinafter provided, or at any annual meeting of
     stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors, and
     thereafter at such meetings or by the written consent of
     such holders pursuant to Section 228 of the General
     Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

          (c) At any time when such voting right shall have
     vested in the holders of shares of Defaulted Preferred Stock
     entitled to vote thereon, and if such right shall not
     already have been initially exercised, an officer of the
     Company shall, upon the written request of 10 of the holders
     of record of shares of such Defaulted Preferred Stock then
     outstanding, addressed to the Treasurer of the Company, call
     a special meeting of holders of shares of such Defaulted
     Preferred Stock. Such meeting shall be held at the earliest
     practicable date upon the notice required for annual
     meetings of stockholders at the place for holding annual
     meetings of stockholders of the Company or, if none, at a
     place designated by the Treasurer of the Company. If such
     meeting shall not be called by the proper officers of the
     Company within 30 days after the personal service of such
     written request upon the Treasurer of the Company, or within
     30 days after mailing the same within the United States, by
     registered mail, addressed to the Treasurer of the Company
     at its principal office (such mailing to be evidenced by the
     registry receipt issued by the postal authorities), then the
     holders of record of 10% of the shares of Defaulted
     Preferred Stock then outstanding may designate in writing
     any person to call such meeting at the expense of the
     Company, and such meeting may be called by such person so
     designated upon the notice required for annual meetings of
     stockholders and shall be held at the same place as is
     elsewhere provided in this paragraph. Any holder of shares
     of Defaulted Preferred Stock then outstanding that would be
     entitled to vote at such meeting shall have access to the
     stock books of the Company for the purpose of causing a
     meeting of stockholders to be called pursuant to the
     provisions of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions
     of this paragraph, however, no such special meeting shall be
     called or held during a period within 45 days immediately
     preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of
     stockholders.

          (d) The directors elected pursuant to this Section
     shall serve until the next annual meeting or until their
     respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify;
     any director elected by the holders of Defaulted Preferred
     Stock may be removed by, and shall not be removed otherwise
     than by, the vote of the holders of a majority of the
     outstanding shares of the Defaulted Preferred Stock who were
     entitled to participate in such election of directors,
     voting as a separate class, at a meeting called for such
     purpose or by written consent as permitted by law and the
     Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the
     Company. If the office of any director elected by the
     holders of Defaulted Preferred Stock, voting as a class,
     becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement,
     disqualification or removal from office or otherwise, the
     remaining director elected by the holders of Defaulted
     Preferred Stock, voting as a class, may choose a successor
     who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of
     which such vacancy occurred. Upon any termination of the
     right of the holders of Defaulted Preferred Stock to vote
     for directors as herein provided, the term of office of all
     directors then in office elected by the holders of Defaulted
     Preferred Stock, voting as a class, shall terminate
     immediately. Whenever the terms of office of the directors
     elected by the holders of Defaulted Preferred Stock, voting
     as a class, shall so terminate and the special voting powers
     vested in the holders of Defaulted Preferred Stock shall
     have expired, the number of directors shall be such number
     as may be provided for in the By-laws irrespective of any
     increase made pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.

          (e) So long as any shares of the Series A Preferred
     Stock remain outstanding, the consent of the holders of at
     least two-thirds of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
     outstanding at the time given in person or by proxy either
     in writing (as permitted by law and the Certificate of
     Incorporation and By-laws of the Company) or at any special
     or annual meeting, shall be necessary to permit, effect or
     validate any one or more of the following:

               (i) the authorization, creation or issuance, or
          any increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any
          class or series of stock ranking prior to the Series A
          Preferred Stock as to dividends or the distribution of
          assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up;

               (ii) the amendment, alteration or repeal, whether
          by merger, consolidation or otherwise, of any of the
          provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the
          Company (including this Certificate) which would
          adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or
          voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock or of the
          holders thereof; Provided, however, that any increase
          in the amount of authorized preferred stock or the
          creation and issuance of other series of preferred
          stock, or any increase in the amount of authorized
          shares of such series or of any other series of
          preferred stock, in each case ranking on a parity with
          or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect
          to the payment of dividends and the distribution of
          assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up,
          shall not be deemed to adversely affect such rights,
          preferences or voting powers; or

               (iii) the authorization of any reclassification of
          the Series A Preferred Stock.

          The foregoing voting provisions shall not apply if, at
     or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such
     vote would otherwise be required shall be effected, all
     outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have
     been redeemed or sufficient funds shall have been deposited
     in trust to effect such redemption, scheduled to be
     consummated within three months after such time.

          11.  Exchange.  (a) The Series A Preferred Stock shall
     be exchangeable in whole, but not in part, at the option of
     the Company on any dividend payment date beginning January
     15, 1996, for the Company's Series A Convertible
     Subordinated Debentures Due January 15, 2003 (the
     "Debentures") as described in the Company's Registration
     Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-55376), as filed
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission (and as
     subsequently amended). Holders of outstanding shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive $250.00
     principal amount of Debentures in exchange for each share of
     Series A Preferred Stock held by them at the time of
     exchange; provided that the Debentures will be issuable in
     denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. If
     the exchange results in an amount of Debentures that is not
     an integral multiple of $1,000, the amount in excess of the
     closest integral multiple of $1,000 will be paid in cash by
     the Company.

          (b) The Company will mail to each record holder of the
     Series A Preferred Stock written notice of its intention to
     exchange the Series A Preferred Stock for the Debentures no
     less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date of the
     exchange (the "Exchange Date"). The notice shall specify the
     effective date of the exchange and the place where
     certificates for shares of Series A Preferred Stock are to
     be surrendered for Debentures and shall state that dividends
     on Series A Preferred Stock will cease to accrue on the
     Exchange Date.

          Prior to giving notice of intention to exchange, the
     Company shall execute and deliver to a bank or trust company
     selected by the Company to act as Trustee with respect to
     the Debentures (which may but need not be the bank named in
     the Registration Statement referred to above) an Indenture
     substantially in the form filed as an Exhibit to the
     Registration Statement with such changes as may be required
     by law, stock exchange rule, NASDAQ National Market System
     rule or customary usage.

          (c) If the Company has caused the Debentures to be
     authenticated on or prior to the Exchange Date and has
     complied with the other provisions of this Section 11, then,
     notwithstanding that any certificates for shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock have not been surrendered for exchange, on
     the Exchange Date dividends shall cease to accrue on the
     Series A Preferred Stock and at the close of business on the
     Exchange Date the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
     shall cease to be stockholders with respect to the Series A
     Preferred Stock and shall have no interest in or other
     claims against the Company by virtue thereof and shall have
     no voting or other rights with respect to the Series A
     Preferred Stock, except the right to receive the Debentures
     issuable upon such exchange and the right to accumulated and
     unpaid dividends, without interest thereon, upon surrender
     (and endorsement, if required by the Company) of their
     certificates, and the shares evidenced thereby shall no
     longer be deemed outstanding for any purpose.

          The Company will cause the Debentures to be
     authenticated on or before the Exchange Date.

          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if notice of
     exchange has been given pursuant to this Section 11 and any
     holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall, prior to
     the close of business on the Exchange Date, give written
     notice to the Company pursuant to Section 7 above of the
     conversion of any or all of the shares held by the holder
     (accompanied by a certificate or certificates for such
     shares, duly endorsed or assigned to the Company), then the
     exchange shall not become effective as to the shares to be
     converted and the conversion shall become effective as
     provided in Section 11 above.

          (e) The Debentures will be delivered to the persons
     entitled thereto upon surrender to the Company or its agent
     appointed for that purpose of the certificates for the
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock being exchanged therefor.

          (f) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this
     Section 11, if on the Exchange Date the Company has not paid
     full cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock
     (or set aside a sum therefor) the Company may not exchange
     the Series A Preferred Stock for the Debentures and any
     notice previously given pursuant to this Section 11 shall be
     of no effect.

          (g) The Company will endeavor to list the Debentures,
     prior to delivery, upon each national securities exchange or
     the NASDAQ National Market System or any similar system of
     automated dissemination of securities prices, if any, upon
     which the Series A Preferred Stock is listed at the time of
     delivery. In addition, prior to the effective date of the
     exchange, the Company will arrange for the qualification of
     the Debentures under the applicable securities and blue sky
     laws.

          12.  Record Holders.  The Company and the Transfer
     Agent may deem and treat the record holder of any shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner
     thereof for all purposes, and neither the Company nor the
     Transfer Agent shall be affected by any notice to the
     contrary.

          13.  Notice.  Except as may otherwise be provided for
     herein, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing,
     and all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given
     upon receipt, in the case of a notice of conversion given to
     the Company as contemplated in Section 7(b) hereof, or, in
     all other cases, upon the earlier of receipt of such notice
     or three Business Days after the mailing of such notice if
     sent by registered mail (unless first-class mail shall be
     specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of
     this Certificate) with postage prepaid, addressed: if to the
     Company, to its offices at One Research Way, Princeton
     Forrestal Center, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 (Attention:
     Allen Bloom, Vice President and General Counsel) or other
     agent of the Company designated as permitted by this
     Certificate, or, if to any holder of the Series A Preferred
     Stock, to such holder at the address of such holder of the
     Series A Preferred Stock as listed in the stock record books
     of the Company (which may include the records of any
     transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock); or to such
     other address as the Company or holder, as the case may be,
     shall have designated by notice similarly given.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been signed by
     Charles A. Baker and attested to by Allen Bloom, of the
     Company, all as of the 8th day of January, 1993

                                   THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC.



                                   By:  /s/ Charles A. Baker
                                   Name:     Charles A. Baker
                                   Title:    Chairman of the
                              Board

     Attest:



     /s/ Allen Bloom
     Name:     Allen Bloom
     Title:    VP, General Counsel and Secretary


5




                              July 8, 1999


Mr. Charles A. Baker
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
The Liposome Employer, Inc.
One Research Way
Princeton, NJ 08540-6619

Dear Chuck:

     This letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement") will serve to
amend and modify the agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of
June 1, 1995, by and between you and The Liposome Employer, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Employer"), by the addition of the
following terms and conditions thereto:

     1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by the addition of a new
       Section 20 to read as follows:

       "20. Excise Tax Gross-Up.

                 "(a) Equalization Payment.  In the event that
       the Employee becomes subject to the tax (the "Excise
       Tax") imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
       Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (or any similar tax
       that may hereafter be imposed), with regard to any
       amounts received in connection with Employee's
       termination of employment with the Employer or any other
       payments and benefits provided by the Employer that
       constitute "excess parachute payments" within the meaning
       of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code (including, but not
       limited to, any and all excess parachute payments
       associated with outstanding long-term incentive grants
       (including, but not limited to, early vesting of stock
       options or restricted stock)) (the "Total Payments"), the
       Employer shall pay to the Employee in cash an additional
       amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount
       retained by the Employee after deduction of any Excise
       Tax or compensation on the Total Payments and any
       federal, state, and local income tax and Excise Tax upon
       the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the Total
       Payments.  Such payment shall be made by the Employer to
       the Employee as soon as practicable following the event
       triggering the Excise Tax, but in no event beyond 30 days
       from such date.




                 "(b) Tax Computation.  For purposes of
       determining whether any of the Total Payments will be
       subject to the Excise Tax and the amounts of such Excise
       Tax:

                      "(i)  Any other payments or benefits
       received or to be received by the Employee in connection
       with a Change in Control of the Employer or the
       Employee's termination of employment (whether pursuant to
       the terms of this Agreement or any other plan,
       arrangement, or agreement with the Employer, or with any
       Person whose actions result in a Change in Control of the
       Employer or any Person affiliated with the Employer or
       such Persons) shall be treated as "parachute payments"
       within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and
       all "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of
       Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code shall be treated as
       subject to the excise tax, unless in the opinion of tax
       counsel selected by the Employer's independent auditors
       and acceptable to the Employee, such other payments or
       benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute
       parachute payments, or unless such excess parachute
       payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable
       compensation for services actually rendered within the
       meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess of
       the base amount within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3)
       of the Code, or are otherwise not subject to the Excise
       Tax;

                      "(ii)  The amount of the Total Payments
       which shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall
       be equal to the lesser of: (1)  the total amount of the
       Total Payments; or (2)  the amount of excess parachute
       payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) (after
       applying clause (i) above); and

                      "(iii)  The value of any noncash benefits
       or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by
       the Employer's independent auditors in accordance with
       the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the
       Code.

       "For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up
       Payment, the Employee shall be deemed to pay Federal
       income taxes at the highest marginal rate of Federal
       income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-
       Up Payment is to be made, and state and local income
       taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the
       state and locality of the Employee's residence on the
       Effective Date of Termination, net of the maximum
       reduction in Federal income taxes which could be obtained
       from deduction of such state and local taxes.

               "(c)  Subsequent Recalculation.  In the event the
Internal Revenue
       Service adjusts the computation of the Employer under
       Section 20(b) hereof, so that the Employee did not
       receive the greatest net benefit, the Employer shall
       reimburse the Employee for the full amount necessary to
       make the Employee whole, plus an appropriate market rate
       of interest, as determined by the Employer's independent
       auditors."

     2.   Section 9(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by the
       addition of subsection (v) to read as follows:

       "(v) Termination After Age 65.  For purposes of any stock
       options, restricted stock or other equity grants and for
       purposes of any benefit plans in which the Employee
       participates, any termination of the Employee's
       employment (other than by death or, to the extent that
       the Employee would receive greater benefits than upon a
       retirement under a specific plan or grant, a disability
       under such plan or grant) after the Employee has attained
       age 65, whether by the Employer or the Employee and
       notwithstanding the reason for such termination, shall
       constitute a retirement, within the meaning of such
       equity and benefit plans and grants."

     3.   The Agreement is hereby amended by the deletion of
       subsection 9(a)(iv) and the substitution therefor of the language
       annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

     The Agreement, as amended herein, shall remain in full force
and effect.

                              Very truly yours,

                              THE LIPOSOME EMPLOYER, INC.


                              By: _________________________


                              Title: ________________________

Agreed:


_____________________
Charles A. Baker



L:\LEGALDPT\LEGAL\AGREEMEN\CAB Letter Agreement.doc
                            EXHIBIT A

(iv)    "Change in Control" of the Employer shall be deemed to
   have occurred as of the first day that any one or more of the
   following conditions shall have been satisfied:

   (i)When  a  "person,"  as  defined  in  Sections  3(a)(9)  and
      13(d)(3)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  becomes  the  beneficial
      owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of   the
      Employer  representing  (I) more than  thirty-five  percent
      (35%)  of the combined voting power of the Employer's  then
      outstanding  securities, unless such person is  subject  to
      contractual  restrictions that would preclude  him  or  her
      from  voting  such  shares  in a  manner  to  influence  or
      control   the   management  of  the  Employer's   business,
      provided  that  in the event such contractual  restrictions
      are  removed,  a Change of Control will be deemed  to  have
      occurred on the effective date of such removal or  on  such
      later date as the Executive receives actual notice of  such
      removal,  or  (II)  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of   the
      combined  voting  power of the Employer's then  outstanding
      securities  regardless  of  any  contractual  restrictions.
      For  purposes of this provision, "person" shall not include
      the  Employer, any subsidiary of the Employer, any employee
      benefit  plan  or employee stock plan of the  Employer,  or
      any  person holding the Employer's Common Stock by, for  or
      pursuant  to  the terms of such a plan; and "voting  power"
      shall mean the power under ordinary circumstances (and  not
      merely upon the happening of a contingency) to vote in  the
      election  of  directors.   For the purpose  of  subsections
      9(a)(iv)(A)(I)  and 9(a)(iv)(A)(II) of this Agreement,  the
      right   to   vote  shares  in  a  transaction   for   which
      stockholder   approval  is  required  under  Sections   251
      through  258  (mergers),  271  (sale  of  assets),  or  275
      (dissolution) of the Delaware General Corporation  Law,  as
      the  same  may be amended from time to time, will  not,  in
      themselves,  be  deemed, to constitute the  right  to  vote
      such  shares  "in  a  manner to influence  or  control  the
      management  of  the  Employer's business".   Whether  other
      voting  rights may be granted to a beneficial owner without
      enabling it to influence or control the management  of  the
      Employer's business will depend on the totality  of  rights
      granted in each case.

   (B)When,  as  a  result  of a vote of stockholders  for  which
      proxies  are solicited by or on behalf of any person  other
      than  the Employer in accordance with the SEC rules  issued
      under  Section 14 of the Exchange Act, or which  is  exempt
      from the SEC proxy rules by reason of Rule 14a-2 under  the
      Exchange  Act,  or  as  a result of an  action  by  written
      consent  of  stockholders without a meeting, the "incumbent
      directors" cease to constitute at least a majority  of  the
      authorized  number of members of the Board.   For  purposes
      of  this  provision, "incumbent directors" shall  mean  the
      persons who were members of the Board on January 22,  1998,
      and  the  persons  who were elected or nominated  as  their
      successors  or  pursuant to increases in the  size  of  the
      Board  by a vote of at least an absolute majority (and  not
      just  the  majority of a quorum) of the Board  members  who
      were  then  Board  members  (or  successors  or  additional
      members so elected or nominated).

   (C)When  the  stockholders of the Employer approve  a  merger,
      consolidation,  or  reorganization,  whether  or  not   the
      Employer  is the surviving entity in such transaction,  (I)
      other than a merger, consolidation, or reorganization  that
      would  result  in  the voting securities  of  the  Employer
      outstanding   immediately  prior  thereto   continuing   to
      represent  (either  by remaining outstanding  or  by  being
      converted  into voting securities of the surviving  entity)
      at  least  sixty-five percent (65%) of the combined  voting
      power  of  the voting securities of the Employer  (or  such
      surviving   entity)  outstanding  immediately   after   the
      merger,  consolidation, or reorganization; and  (II)  other
      than  a merger, consolidation or reorganization that  would
      result   in   the   voting  securities  of   the   Employer
      outstanding   immediately  prior  thereto   continuing   to
      represent less than sixty-five percent (65%) but more  than
      one  percent  (1%)  of  the combined voting  power  of  the
      voting  securities  of  the  Employer  (or  such  surviving
      entity)   outstanding   immediately   after   the   merger,
      consolidation  or reorganization if the holder  or  holders
      of   the  shares  in  the  surviving  entity  that  do  not
      represent the securities of the Employer outstanding  prior
      to  the  merger, consolidation or reorganization is or  are
      subject  to  contractual restrictions that  would  preclude
      such  holder or holders from voting such shares in a manner
      to  influence  or control the management of the  Employer's
      (or  such  surviving entity's) business, provided  that  in
      the  event  such  contractual restrictions are  removed,  a
      Change  of Control will be deemed to have occurred  on  the
      effective  date of such removal or on such  later  date  as
      the Executive receives actual notice of such removal.

   (D)When  the stockholders of the Employer approve (I) the sale
      or  other  disposition of all or substantially all  of  the
      assets  the  Employer  or  (II) a complete  liquidation  or
      dissolution of the Employer.

   (E)When  the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that  any
      person  has acquired effective control of the business  and
      affairs of the Employer.

   However, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to
   have occurred, with respect to the Executive, if the
   Executive is part of a purchasing group which consummates the
   Change-in-Control transaction.  The Executive shall be deemed
   "part of a purchasing group" for purposes of the preceding
   sentence if the Executive is an equity participant in the
   purchasing Employer or group (except for: (x) passive
   ownership of less than three percent (3%) of the stock of the
   purchasing Employer; or (y) ownership of equity participation
   in the purchasing Employer or group which is otherwise not
   significant, as determined prior to the Change in Control by
   an absolute majority of the non-employee Directors who were
   Directors prior to the transaction, and who continue as
   Directors following the transaction).




                  INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT



   This Agreement is made and entered into as of the ____ day
of _______, _____, ("Agreement") by and between The Liposome
Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Corporation") and
_____________ ("Indemnitee").

   WHEREAS, recently highly competent persons have become
more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as
directors, or in other capacities, unless they are provided
with better protection from the risk of claims and actions
against them arising out of their service to and activities
on behalf of such corporations; and

   WHEREAS, the current impracticability of obtaining
adequate insurance and the uncertainties related to
indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting
and retaining such persons; and

   WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the
"Board") has determined that the inability to attract and
retain such persons is detrimental to the best interests of
the Corporation's stockholders and that such persons should
be assured that they will have better protection in the
future; and

   WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the
Corporation to obligate itself contractually to indemnify
such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, so that such persons will serve or continue to serve the
Corporation free from undue concern that they will not be
adequately indemnified; and

   WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in
furtherance of Article VI, Section 4 of the by-laws of the
Corporation, any rights granted under the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation and any resolutions adopted
pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed to be a substitute
therefor nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of the
Indemnitee thereunder; and

   WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve
and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the
Corporation on the condition that Indemnitee be indemnified
according to the terms of this Agreement;

   NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
covenants contained herein, the Corporation and Indemnitee do
hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section l.                          Definitions.

   For purposes of this Agreement:

   (a) "Change in Control" means a change in control of the
Corporation occurring after the Effective Date of a nature
that would be required to be reported in response to Item
6(a) of Schedule l4A of Regulation l4A (or in response to
any similar item on any similar schedule or form)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of l934 (the
"Act"), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to
such reporting requirement; provided, however, that,
without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be
deemed to have occurred if after the Effective Date (i) any
"person" (as such term is used in Sections l3(d) and l4(d)
of the Act) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
defined in Rule l3d-3 under the Act), directly or
indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing
twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power
of the Corporation's then outstanding securities without
the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of
the Board in office immediately prior to such person
attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Corporation is
a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other
reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of
which members of the Board in office immediately prior to
such transaction or event constitute less than a majority
of the Board thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two
consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such
period constituted the Board (including for this purpose
any new director whose election or nomination for election
by the Corporation's stockholders was approved by a vote of
at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office
who were directors at the beginning of such period) cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the
Board.

   (b) "Corporate Status" means the status of a person who
is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary
of the Corporation or of any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation.

   (c) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the
Corporation who is not and was not a party to the
Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by
Indemnitee.

   (d) "Effective Date" means ____________.

   (e) "Expenses" means all reasonable attorneys' fees,
retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts,
witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing
and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery
service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the
types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting,
defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating,
or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

   (f) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm, or a member
of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of
corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past
five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the
Corporation or Indemnitee in any other matter material to
either such party, or (ii) any other party to the
Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification
hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
"Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who,
under the applicable standards of professional conduct then
prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in
representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an
action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this
Agreement.

   (g) "Proceeding" means any action, suit, arbitration,
alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation,
administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except
one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of
this Agreement to enforce an Indemnitee's rights under this
Agreement.

Section 2.                          Services by Indemnitee.

   Indemnitee agrees to serve as an officer and/or director
of the Corporation, and, at its request, as a director,
officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of certain other
corporations and entities.  Indemnitee may at any time and
for any reason resign from any such position (subject to
any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed
by operation of law).

Section 3.                          Indemnification -
General.

   The Corporation shall indemnify, and advance Expenses
to, Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date
hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may
thereafter from time to time permit.  The rights of
Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall
include, but shall not be limited to, the rights set forth
in the other Sections of this Agreement.

Section 4.                          Proceedings Other Than
Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

   Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of
indemnification provided in this Section if, by reason of
Indemnitee's Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is
threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending
or completed Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in
the right of the Corporation.  Pursuant to this Section,
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses,
judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on
Indemnitee's behalf in connection with any such Proceeding
or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted
in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal
Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee's
conduct was unlawful.

Section 5.                          Proceedings by or in
the Right of the Corporation.

   Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of
indemnification provided in this Section if, by reason of
Indemnitee's Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is
threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending
or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant
to this Section, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against
Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in
settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee
or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection with any such
Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a
manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification against
such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue
or matter in any such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee
shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation if
applicable law prohibits such indemnification unless the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or the court in
which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is
pending, shall determine that indemnification against
Expenses may nevertheless be made by the Corporation.

Section 6.                          Indemnification for
Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.

   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee's
Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the
merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be
indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in
connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly
successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the
merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all
claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the
Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on
Indemnitee's behalf in connection with each successfully
resolved claim, issue or matter.  For the purposes of this
Section and without limiting the foregoing, the termination
of any claim, issue or matter in any such Proceeding by
dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be
a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 7.                          Indemnification for
Expenses of a Witness.

   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee's
Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding, Indemnitee
shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf
in connection therewith.

Section 8.                          Advancement of
Expenses.

   The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by
or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any
Proceeding within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the
Corporation of a statement or statements from Indemnitee
requesting such advance or advances from time to time,
whether prior to or after final disposition of such
Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably
evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall
include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by
or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced
if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not
entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

Section 9.                          Procedure for
Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

   (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in
connection with any Proceeding, and for the duration
thereof, Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a
written request, including therein or therewith such
documentation and information as is reasonably available to
Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether
and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall,
promptly upon receipt of any such request for
indemnification, advise the Board in writing that
Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

   (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for
indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, a
determination, if required by applicable law, with respect
to Indemnitee's entitlement thereto shall be made in such
case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by
Independent Counsel (unless Indemnitee shall request that
such determination be made by the Board or the
stockholders, in which case in the manner provided for in
clauses (ii) or (iii) or this Section 9(b)) in a written
opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to
Indemnitee; (ii) if a Change of Control shall not have
occurred, (A) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of Disinterested Directors, or (B) if a quorum
of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors is not
obtainable, or even if such quorum is obtainable, if such
quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, either (x) by
Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a
copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (y) by
the stockholders of the Corporation, as determined by such
quorum of Disinterested Directors, or a quorum of the
Board, as the case may be; or (iii) as provided in Section
l0(b) of this Agreement.  If it is so determined that
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to
Indemnitee shall be made within ten (l0) days after such
determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person,
persons, or entity making such determination with respect
to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification, including
providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable
advance request any documentation or information which is
not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and
which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably
necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred by
Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or
entity making such determination shall be borne by the
Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to
Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification) and the
Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold
Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

   (c) If required, Independent Counsel shall be selected
as follows: (i) if a Change of Control shall not have
occurred, Independent Counsel shall be selected by the
Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of
Disinterested Directors, and the Corporation shall give
written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the
identity of Independent Counsel so selected; or (ii) if a
Change of Control shall have occurred, Independent Counsel
shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall
request that such selection be made by the Board, in which
event (i) shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written
notice to the Corporation advising it of the identity of
Independent Counsel so selected.  In either event,
Indemnitee or the Corporation, as the case may be, may,
within seven (7) days after such written notice of
selection shall have been given, deliver to the Corporation
or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection
to such selection.  Such objection may be asserted only on
the ground that Independent Counsel so selected does not
meet the requirements of "Independent Counsel" as defined
in Section l of this Agreement, and the objection shall set
forth with particularity the factual basis of such
assertion.  If such written objection is made, Independent
Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel
unless and until a court has determined that such objection
is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after
submission by Indemnitee of a written request for
indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, no
Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not
objected to, either the Corporation or Indemnitee may
petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or
other court of competent jurisdiction, for resolution of
any objection which shall have been made by the Corporation
or Indemnitee to the other's selection of Independent
Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel
of a person selected by such court or by such other person
as such court shall designate, and the person with respect
to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so
appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section
9(b) hereof.  The Corporation shall pay any and all
reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel
incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with its
actions pursuant to this Agreement, and the Corporation
shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the
procedures of this Section 9(c) regardless of the manner in
which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
Upon the due commencement date of any judicial proceeding
or arbitration pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) of this
Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and
relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity
(subject to the applicable standards of professional
conduct then prevailing).

Section 10.                         Presumptions and
Effects of Certain Proceedings.

   (a) If a Change of Control shall have occurred, in
making a determination with respect to entitlement to
indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity
making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is
entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if
Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in
accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the
Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that
presumption in connection with the making by any person,
persons or entity of any determination contrary to that
presumption.

   (b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or
selected under Section 9 of this Agreement to determine
whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not
have made a determination within sixty (60) days after
receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, the
requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification
shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be
entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement
by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a
material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's statement not
materially misleading, in connection with the request for
indemnification, or (ii) prohibition of such
indemnification under applicable law; provided, however,
that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a
reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30)
days, if the person, persons or entity making the
determination with respect to entitlement to
indemnification in good faith require(s) such additional
time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation
and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further,
that the foregoing provisions of this Section l0(b) shall
not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to
indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant
to Section 9(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen
(l5) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request
for such determination the Board has resolved to submit
such determination to the stockholders for their
consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held
within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such
determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of
stockholders is called within fifteen (l5) days after such
receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such
meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days
after having been so called and such determination is made
thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to
indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel
pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement.

   (c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim,
issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the
right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a
presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and
in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or,
with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee
had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's conduct
was unlawful.

Section 11.                         Remedies of Indemnitee.

   (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made
pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is
not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii)
advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to
Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of
entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent
Counsel pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement and such
determination shall not have been made and delivered in a
written opinion within ninety (90) days after receipt by
the Corporation of the request for indemnification, (iv)
payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section
7 of this Agreement within ten (l0) days after receipt by
the Corporation of a written request therefor, or (v)
payment of indemnification is not made within ten (l0) days
after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is
entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed
to have been made pursuant to Section 9 or l0 of this
Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication
in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any
other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee's
entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of
Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee's
option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by
a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American
Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such
proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award or
arbitration within one hundred eighty (l80) days following
the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to
commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 11(a).
The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek
any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

   (b) In the event that a determination shall have been
made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that
Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial
proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this
Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo
trial or arbitration on the merits and Indemnitee shall not
be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  If
a Change of Control shall have occurred, in any judicial
proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this
Section the Corporation shall have the burden of proving
that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or
advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

   (c) If a determination shall have been made or deemed to
have been made pursuant to Section 9 or l0 of this
Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification,
the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any
judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to
this Section, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a
material fact, or an omission of any material fact
necessary to make Indemnitee's statement not materially
misleading, in connection with the request for
indemnification, or (ii) prohibition of such
indemnification under applicable law.

   (d) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in
any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant
to this Section that the procedures and presumptions of
this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and
shall stipulate in any such court or before any such
arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the
provisions of this Agreement.

   (e) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this
Section, seeks a judicial adjudication of, or an award in
arbitration to enforce, Indemnitee's rights under, or to
recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee
shall be entitled to recover from the Corporation, and
shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any and
all expenses (of the kinds described in the definition of
Expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in
such judicial adjudication or arbitration, but only if
Indemnitee prevails therein.  If it shall be determined in
such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee
is entitled to receive part but not all of the
indemnification or advancement of expenses sought, the
expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such
judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately
prorated.

Section 12.                         Non-Exclusivity;
Survival of Rights; Insurance Subrogation.

   (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive
advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall
not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable
law, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the
Corporation, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a
resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment,
alteration or repeal of this Agreement or any provision
hereof shall be effective as to any Indemnitee with respect
to any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in
Indemnitee's Corporate Status prior to such amendment,
alteration or repeal.

   (b) To the extent that the Corporation maintains an
insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance
for directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries
of the Corporation or of any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise which such person serves at the request of
the Corporation, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy
or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the
maximum extent of the coverage available for any such
director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such
policy or policies.

   (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement,
the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such
payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who
shall execute all papers required and take all action
necessary to secure such rights, including execution of
such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation
to bring suit to enforce such rights.

   (d) The Corporation shall not be liable under this
Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise
indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that
Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment
under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or
otherwise.

Section 13.                         Duration of Agreement.

   This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon
the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that
Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director,
officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or
of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which
Indemnitee served at the request of the Corporation; or (b)
the final termination of all pending Proceedings in respect
of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or
advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding
commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this
Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the
Corporation and its successors and assigns and shall inure
to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee's heirs,
executors and administrators.

Section 14.                         Severability.

   If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any
reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of this
Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of
any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision
held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not
itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any
way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest
extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement
(including, without limitation, each portion of any Section
of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself
invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as
to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Section 15.                         Exception to Right of
Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses.

   Except as provided in Section 11(e), Indemnitee shall
not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of
Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any
Proceeding, or any claim therein, brought or made by
Indemnitee against the Corporation.  For the purposes of
this Section 15, a Proceeding in the right of the
Corporation shall not be deemed to constitute a Proceeding
brought or made by the Corporation.

Section 16.                         Identical Counterparts.

   This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be
deemed to be an original but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such
counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability
is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of
this Agreement.

Section 17.                         Headings.

   The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to
constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the
construction thereof.

Section 18.                         Modification and Waiver.

   No supplement, modification or amendment to this
Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by
both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall
constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether
or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a
continuing waiver.

Section 19.                         Notice by Indemnitee.

   Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Corporation in
writing upon being served with any summons, citation,
subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other
document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be
subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses
covered hereunder.

INDEMNITEE                         THE LIPOSOME COMPANY,
INC.



                              By:
                                   Charles A. Baker
                                   Chairman of the Board of
Directors
                                   and Chief Executive
Officer


I, Michael McGrane, Secretary, certify that the Board of
Directors has authorized the Corporation to enter into this
Agreement by a resolution unanimously passed at its
_____________meeting.


                                   Michael McGrane
                                   Secretary




8



                            AGREEMENT

THIS  AGREEMENT  is  made  as of March 1,  1999  (the  "Effective
Date"), at Princeton, New Jersey, USA

BETWEEN

(1)  THE LIPOSOME COMPANY, INC., a corporation duly organised and
     validly  existing under the laws of the State  of  Delaware,
     USA,  and  having an address at One Research Way,  Princeton
     Forrestal  Center,  Princeton, NJ  08540,  USA  (hereinafter
     called "TLC"); and

(2)  WYETH-AYERST   INTERNATIONAL  INC.,   a   corporation   duly
     organised  and validly existing under the laws of the  State
     of  New  York, USA, with its principal place of business  at
     150   Radnor-Chester  Road,  St.  Davids,  PA   19087,   USA
     (hereinafter called "W-A").

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1 In  this Agreement and in the Schedules to this Agreement the
    following   words  and  phrases  shall  have  the   following
    meanings unless the context requires otherwise:
           1.1.1      "Affiliate"   shall   mean   any   company,
           partnership   or  other  entity  which   directly   or
           indirectly  Controls, is Controlled  by  or  is  under
           common  Control  with  any  Party  to  this  Agreement
           including as a Subsidiary or Holding Company;
           1.1.2     "Agreed  Minimum Sales Targets"  shall  mean
           the  Net Sales targets set out in Schedule 1 as  these
           may  be  amended from time to time in accordance  with
           Section  16, and such sales targets as may  be  agreed
           on for Renewal Terms in accordance with Section 19.1;
           1.1.3     "Business Day" shall mean any day  excluding
           Saturdays,   Sundays  and  public  holidays   in   the
           Territory or the United States, as the case may be;
           1.1.4     "Competent Authority" shall mean  any  local
           or    national    agency,    authority,    department,
           inspectorate,  minister, ministry official  or  public
           or  statutory person (whether autonomous or  not)  of,
           or   of   any   government  of,  any  country   having
           jurisdiction over the Agreement or any of the  Parties
           including  the  European Commission and  the  European
           Court of Justice;
           1.1.5     "Confidential Information"  shall  mean  all
           trade   secrets,   know-how  and  other   confidential
           information  relating to the Product; the data,  know-
           how  and  other information generated by any  clinical
           trials  or  other  studies  carried  out  under   this
           Agreement  or arising in connection with the marketing
           and  promotion  of  the Product in  the  Territory  or
           relating  to  the business affairs or  finances  of  a
           Party or its Affiliates coming into the possession  of
           the other Party pursuant to this Agreement;
           1.1.6     "Contract  Year" shall mean each  successive
           twelve-month  period beginning on the  Effective  Date
           during the term of this Agreement;
           1.1.7     "Control" shall mean the ownership of  fifty
           percent  (50%) or more of the issued share capital  or
           the  legal  power to direct or cause the direction  of
           the  general management and policies of the entity  in
           question;
           1.1.8     "DCM"  shall mean the director  of  clinical
           marketing  to be appointed by TLC pursuant to  Section
           7.3;
           1.1.9     "Directive" shall mean any present or future
           directive,  requirement,  instruction,  direction   or
           rule  of  any  Competent Authority (but only,  if  not
           having  the  force  of  law, if  compliance  with  the
           directive  is in accordance with the general  practice
           of  persons  to  whom the directive is addressed)  and
           includes  any  modification, extension or  replacement
           thereof then in force;
           1.1.10    "Force  Majeure" in relation  to  any  Party
           means  any  event or circumstance which is beyond  the
           reasonable control of such Party which results  in  or
           causes  the  failure of that Party to perform  any  or
           all  of its obligations under this Agreement including
           an   act   of  God,  lightning,  fire,  storm,  flood,
           earthquake,  accumulation of  snow  or  ice,  lack  of
           water  arising from weather or environmental problems,
           strike,  lockout or other industrial disturbance,  act
           of  the  public  enemy,  war declared  or  undeclared,
           threat  of  war, terrorist act, blockage,  revolution,
           riot,    insurrection,   civil    commotion,    public
           demonstration, sabotage, act of vandalism,  prevention
           from  or  hindrance in obtaining in any way materials,
           energy  or other supplies, explosion, fault or failure
           of  plant  or  machinery (which could  not  have  been
           prevented  by  good  industry practice),  governmental
           restraint,   act  of  legislature,  or  directive   or
           requirement  of  a Competent Authority  governing  any
           Party,  provided  that  lack of  funds  shall  not  be
           interpreted  as a cause beyond the reasonable  control
           of that Party;
           1.1.11    "List Price" shall mean the price  at  which
           the Product is approved for sale and reimbursement  to
           hospitals  in the Territory, which price is set  forth
           on Schedule 4 annexed hereto;
    1.1.12 "MAA" shall mean a marketing authorisation approval;
    1.1.13 "Net  Sales"  shall mean the net amount  invoiced  for
           the Product to customers by TLC or its distributor;
           1.1.14   "Parties" shall mean TLC and/or W-A;
           1.1.15    "Product" shall mean ABELCETr  (amphotericin
           B  lipid  complex injection) in finished form packaged
           and ready for use by users, including developments  or
           improvements of the same;
           1.1.16    "Quarter  Days" shall mean each  January  1,
           April 1, July 1, and October 1;
           1.1.17       "Specifications"    shall    mean     the
           specifications of the Product set out in  Schedule  2,
           as the same may be modified by TLC from time to time;
           1.1.18    "Territory" shall mean the  United  Kingdom,
           Northern  Ireland, and such other countries  as  shall
           be added by the mutual agreement of the Parties;
           1.1.19    "TLC Patents" shall mean the patents  listed
           on Schedule 6 hereto; and
           1.1.20    "TLC Trade Marks" shall mean the  registered
           trade  marks owned by TLC or its Affiliate which cover
           the  Product,  such  as ABELCETr or  other  applicable
           trade mark.
1.2 In this Agreement:
           1.2.1     Unless  the context requires otherwise,  all
           references  to  a  particular  Section,  Schedule   or
           paragraph  shall  be  a  reference  to  that  Section,
           Schedule or paragraph in or to this Agreement  as  the
           same  may  be  amended from time to time  pursuant  to
           this Agreement;
           1.2.2     Unless the contrary intention appears, words
           importing  the  masculine  gender  shall  include  the
           feminine  and  vice versa, and words in  the  singular
           shall include the plural and vice versa;
           1.2.3     Unless the contrary intention appears, words
           denoting   persons   shall  include   any   individual
           partnership,  company,  corporation,  joint   venture,
           trust,  association, organisation or other entity,  in
           each   case  whether  or  not  having  separate  legal
           personality; and
           1.2.4      Reference   to  the  words   "include"   or
           "including"  is to be construed without  limiting  the
           generality of the preceding words.

2.  CLINICAL TRIALS
2.1 TLC,  or  its Affiliate, has obtained an MAA authorising  the
    sale of the Product in the Territory.  TLC shall sponsor  and
    carry  out,  or  shall  procure that one  of  its  Affiliates
    sponsors  and carries out, any additional clinical trials  or
    studies  under  TLC  protocols that may  be  required  to  be
    carried out in the Territory in order to maintain the MAA  or
    support  a revised, supplemental or additional MAA  or  other
    application  for regulatory approval required to  market  and
    sell  the Product in the Territory and shall co-ordinate  any
    such  clinical activity in the Territory within their  world-
    wide  clinical  development program  for  the  Product.   W-A
    shall  provide at its own cost logistical support  consisting
    of   assisting   TLC  staff  with  scheduling   appointments,
    selecting  and  visiting investigators,  and  assisting  with
    follow-up  matters in order to further the timely  completion
    of  these  studies.  TLC shall be responsible for  all  other
    costs.
2.2 In  addition to the clinical studies provided for in  Section
    2.1,  the Operating Committee provided for in Section  7  may
    also  propose additional local clinical trials and/or studies
    to  advance  jointly agreed marketing goals  and  to  aid  in
    positioning  the Product in the Territory.  If  TLC  approves
    the  plans  and  protocols for such studies,  they  shall  be
    jointly  sponsored by W-A and TLC, and TLC  will  provide  an
    adequate supply of Product required for such clinical  trials
    and  studies.  The cost of such Product and other study costs
    will be shared equally between the Parties.
2.3 W-A  may  from  time  to time propose to TLC  any  additional
    trials  or  studies  initiated by W-A or  investigators  that
    might  be  carried out in the Territory, but whether  or  not
    such  trials or studies are carried out shall be in the  sole
    discretion  of  TLC which approval shall not be  unreasonably
    withheld.    W-A  will  sponsor  and  be  fully   responsible
    financially  for  all  clinical  studies  other  than   those
    mentioned  in  Sections 2.1 and 2.2.  Such additional  trials
    or studies shall be at the cost and expense of W-A.
2.4 W-A  undertakes to assist TLC at TLC's expense  in  obtaining
    any  necessary authorisations and approvals required to carry
    out  any such additional clinical trials or studies including
    arranging  meetings  with the relevant Competent  Authorities
    which will be attended by representatives of TLC and W-A.
2.5 W-A  undertakes in relation to any additional clinical trials
    or  studies conducted in the Territory to recommend, at TLC's
    request,  investigators to be appointed by TLC to  carry  out
    the  trials or studies and to monitor the activities of those
    investigators  in  accordance with the  instructions  of  TLC
    from  time  to time.  If requested by TLC, W-A shall  collect
    and  maintain  all  relevant data  including  at  least  case
    histories, treatments, outcomes, adverse events and  protocol
    deviations.  W-A shall prepare, maintain and deliver  to  TLC
    complete  and accurate written records and reports (progress,
    safety  and  final),  including manuscripts  intended  to  be
    submitted for publication, of all clinical trials or  studies
    that it monitors.
2.6 W-A  shall  inform TLC of any request made to it by  a  local
    physician  for  supplies  of  the  Product  to  enable   such
    physician  to carry out his own trial and shall  provide  TLC
    with  sufficient information to enable TLC to decide  in  its
    absolute  discretion whether or not to supply such physician.
    W-A  shall be responsible for paying any relevant charges due
    to  be  paid  to  such local physician and for ensuring  that
    such  local  physicians comply with all necessary  regulatory
    requirements when conducting the trial.

3.  RIGHTS IN THE CLINICAL TRIALS DATA
3.1 All  data,  know-how  and other information  generated  as  a
    result  of the additional clinical trials or studies  carried
    out in or in relation to the Territory pursuant to Section  2
    shall  be owned by TLC or its Affiliate; however, during  the
    term  of  this Agreement (and any renewal term thereof),  W-A
    shall  have a semi-exclusive right, title and interest in  or
    to  such data.  W-A undertakes to notify TLC of any impending
    publication  referring  to  the  Product  and  obtain   TLC's
    written  approval  prior to releasing  such  publication  for
    submission to scientific journals or conferences.

4.  MARKETING AUTHORISATION
4.1 TLC,  or  its Affiliate, has obtained an MAA for the  Product
    and  shall be solely responsible at its own cost and  expense
    for  the maintenance of such MAA and for the preparation  and
    filing  and  maintenance of all amended or supplemental  MAAs
    for  the Product in the Territory from the relevant Competent
    Authority  and any other approvals, clearances and  requisite
    registrations   required  to  market  the  Product   in   the
    Territory.  All such approvals and registrations shall be  in
    the name of TLC or its Affiliate.
4.2 W-A  undertakes  to  assist TLC in obtaining  any  additional
    necessary  authorisations and approvals  required  to  market
    the  Product  in the Territory, including arranging  meetings
    with  the  relevant  Competent  Authorities  which  will   be
    attended by representatives of TLC and W-A.
4.3        In order to enable W-A to fulfil its obligations under
    this  Agreement, TLC shall supply W-A, as soon as  reasonably
    possible, with one copy of all MAAs for the Product  and  any
    other  documents  related to the MAA filed by  TLC  with  the
    Competent  Authorities in the Territory during  the  term  of
    this Agreement.

5.  PRICING AND REIMBURSEMENT
5.1 In  the  event  that  the List Price  shall  fall  below  the
    British  pound equivalent of seventy U.S. dollars ($70  U.S.)
    per  100mg  vial,  or a proportionate price reduction  occurs
    for  other  marketed units, TLC may terminate this  Agreement
    in accordance with Section 20.1.6.

6.  PRODUCT SUPPLY, TRAINING AND SUPPORT SERVICES
6.1 With  effect  from the Effective Date, TLC shall  supply  the
    Product  to  its  appointed distributor  for  resale  in  the
    Territory  following  the  promotional  activities  of   W-A,
    subject  to  the  terms  and conditions  of  this  Agreement.
    Subject to the provisions of Section 10.7 and 10.8, TLC  will
    not  be obligated to supply its distributor if the List Price
    is   reduced  at  the  discretion  of  a  relevant  Competent
    Authority  in the Territory to an amount that is  lower  than
    the  British  pound equivalent of seventy U.S.  dollars  ($70
    U.S.)  per  100mg  vial, or a proportionate  price  reduction
    occurs for other marketed units.  TLC will promptly notify W-
    A  in  writing of its decision not to supply its  distributor
    pursuant  to the foregoing; provided however, that  TLC  will
    consult W-A prior to giving any notice under this Section.
6.2 TLC  shall make available to W-A such technical, training and
    support  services as W-A may request in connection  with  its
    obligations  under this Agreement and as TLC  shall  consider
    reasonable.   Specifically,  TLC shall  keep  W-A  reasonably
    informed  of all relevant developments and experience  gained
    by  TLC and its Affiliates in the exploitation of the Product
    internationally,  except  if  such  disclosure  would  breach
    TLC's  undertaking of confidentiality to a third party.   TLC
    shall  provide  W-A with such technical, scientific,  medical
    and  commercial information, documentation and data developed
    or  acquired  by TLC and its Affiliates which  may  in  TLC's
    judgement  be  useful  to  W-A  for  the  purposes  of   this
    Agreement.
6.3 Each   Party  agrees  that  in  performing  its  rights   and
    obligations  under  this Agreement it will  comply  with  its
    obligations as set out in the Medical Information  Procedures
    set forth in Schedule 7 attached hereto.

7.  OPERATING COMMITTEE
7.1 Forthwith  following  the Effective Date  the  Parties  shall
    establish  a joint Operating Committee whose responsibilities
    shall include:
           7.1.1     approving a two (2) year marketing plan  for
           the Territory submitted by W-A;
           7.1.2     discussing  and  approving  marketing   plan
           updates proposed by W-A on an annual basis;
           7.1.3     reviewing  implementation of  the  marketing
           plan on a quarterly basis;
    7.1.4  determining the manner in which both Parties or  their
           Affiliates  are to be identified on the  labelling  of
           the Product for sale in the Territory;
    7.1.5  reviewing   progress  toward  achievement  of   Agreed
           Minimum Sales Targets;
           7.1.6     meeting from time to time, but at least  two
           (2) times per year; and
           7.1.7    any other responsibilities determined by  the
           Parties.
7.2 The  Operating  Committee  shall comprise  four  (4)  persons
    ("Members"), and TLC and W-A respectively shall  be  entitled
    to  appoint  two (2) Members, to remove any Member  appointed
    by  it  and  to appoint any person to fill a vacancy  arising
    from  the removal or retirement of such Member.  TLC and  W-A
    respectively  shall each notify the other in writing  of  the
    identities of their Members from time to time.
7.3 TLC  shall  be  entitled to appoint one  of  its  Members  to
    preside  at  any  meeting  of  the  Operating  Committee   as
    Chairman.  TLC may at its discretion and at its own cost  and
    expense  appoint a technical director and/or DCM  to  act  as
    liaison  between TLC and W-A's management and  who  shall  be
    based  at  the  premises  of W-A in  the  Territory.   If  so
    appointed, the technical director and/or DCM will act as  the
    Secretary  of  the  Operating Committee and keep  appropriate
    minutes.   The technical director and/or DCM may or may  not,
    at   TLC's  discretion,  be  designated  as  TLC's  Committee
    members,  but as an alternate member and not as an additional
    TLC committee member.
7.4 The  quorum for meetings of the Operating Committee shall  be
    all  four  (4) Members.  Decisions of the Operating Committee
    shall  be made by unanimous agreement of the Members present.
    Should  it  prove impossible to obtain such agreement  or  to
    arrange  a  quorate meeting within fourteen (14)  days  of  a
    Party  calling a meeting, then the Parties shall discuss  the
    position  in  good  faith  in  an  effort  to  resolve  their
    differences  and  if  it  still does not  prove  possible  to
    obtain  agreement  then  the  outstanding  matters  requiring
    resolution  shall be referred to the Senior Managers  of  TLC
    and  W-A or their nominees for resolution who together  shall
    use   reasonable  efforts  to  resolve  such  matters  within
    fourteen  (14) days of the date such matters are referred  to
    them  for resolution.  If those Senior Managers fail to reach
    agreement  within  that  period, the decision  of  TLC  shall
    apply.
7.5 The  venue for meetings of the Operating Committee  shall  be
    the  United  Kingdom.  Both Parties shall be responsible  for
    their  own expenses including travel and accommodation  costs
    incurred in connection with Operating Committee meetings.
7.6 The  Operating Committee may establish a discount range,  not
    to  exceed  ten  percent (10%) per order of the  List  Price,
    being  the  basis on which W-A promotes the  product  to  its
    customers.  W-A  will obtain the approval in writing  of  TLC
    if,  as  a  result  of  negotiations  with  a  customer,  W-A
    proposes  to  promote the Product at a discount  outside  the
    approved  range. In the event that W-A promotes  the  Product
    at  a price different than the List Price, W-A shall indicate
    such  promotional price rates in its reports to TLC  pursuant
    to Section 11.2 of the Agreement.
7.7 W-A  undertakes  to  assist TLC in  obtaining  any  necessary
    pricing  authorisations, reimbursement  approvals  and  other
    approvals  required  to  market or  continue  to  market  the
    Product  in the Territory, including arranging meetings  with
    the relevant Competent Authorities, which may be attended  by
    representatives  of  TLC and W-A. Any  pricing  authorisation
    and  reimbursement approval for the Product in the  Territory
    granted  from the relevant Competent Authority  shall  be  in
    the name of TLC or its Affiliate.
7.8 If  the  condition stipulated in Section 6.1 of the Agreement
    occurs, the Parties agree jointly to explore means to  remedy
    such  condition in good faith, including but not limited  to,
    renegotiating  an  amended price level, if  applicable,  with
    the  relevant Competent Authorities in the Territory. In  the
    event that no such remedy becomes available, ether party  may
    terminate  this  Agreement by giving to the  other  not  less
    than  three  (3)  months written notice served  at  any  time
    after  the date of TLC's notice to W-A in Section 6.1. Within
    such  notice  period  W-A  shall  be  entitled  to  earn  its
    promotional  allowance  on Product  sold  at  the  prevailing
    price.

8.  FORECAST FOR PRODUCT NEEDS TO THE MARKET
8.1 Beginning  no later than 15 days from the signature  of  this
    Agreement,  TLC  shall  deliver  in  writing  to   W-A's   UK
    Affiliate  at  such  address as may  from  time  to  time  be
    designated  by it, the quarterly level of inventory  for  the
    Product   stored  at  the  warehouse  of  TLC's  distributor.
    Beginning  no later than 30 days from the signature  of  this
    Agreement, W-A shall deliver in writing to TLC on  or  before
    the  first  day of each month, at such address  as  may  from
    time to time be designated by TLC, an indicative forecast  of
    the  quantity  of  the Product which W-A reasonably  believes
    will  be  required in the Territory as a consequence  of  the
    promotion activity implemented by W-A, during each  month  of
    the  twelve month period commencing six (6) weeks  after  the
    date  such  estimate  is  delivered to  TLC.   Following  the
    second  anniversary of the Effective Date such forecast  will
    be due every three (3) months.
8.2 The  forecast  by W-A shall be a rolling system.   Each  such
    forecast  by W-A shall constitute for the first three  months
    the   quantity  of  Product  for  which  TLC  shall  use  all
    reasonable  commercial endeavours to make  available  to  the
    market the quantities in accordance with such forecasts.   In
    particular,  but without prejudice to the generality  of  the
    foregoing, TLC shall not be obliged to make available to  the
    market  quantities of the Product against any  such  forecast
    where  such  forecast  exceeds by more  than  twenty  percent
    (20%) the previous monthly forecast for that month.

9.  PACKAGING AND LABELLING
9.1 W-A  shall  consult  with  TLC on  the  requirements  of  all
    relevant  Competent Authorities concerning the packaging  and
    labelling  of  Product  for sale in the Territory,  including
    translation of the text of the packaging and any  inserts  as
    well  as W-A's identification on the packaging (if any),  and
    TLC shall approve all packaging and labelling.  W-A shall  be
    liable  at  its own cost and expense for all and any  changes
    required  to  such  packaging to meet such requirements  from
    time  to time, which cost and expense shall be reimbursed  to
    TLC  forthwith  upon  demand.  TLC shall  endeavour  to  keep
    reasonable  quantities  of packaging materials  in  stock  in
    order to service W-A's forecast set in Section 8.1 herein.

10. PROMOTIONAL ALLOWANCE
10.1TLC  shall  procure  that all orders for the  Product  placed
    with  its  distributor are converted to sales  and  that  its
    distributor  shall  on a weekly basis issue  a  copy  of  its
    sales  report  by account showing orders received  and  sales
    completed, in such format as may be agreed between TLC and W-
    A.   During  each  Contract Year  TLC  shall  pay  to  W-A  a
    promotional  allowance  equal  to  thirty-one  and   one-half
    percent  (31.5%) of Net Sales with respect to the  first  one
    million  three  hundred thousand British pounds  (1,300,000)
    of  in-the-market  sales,  and then  forty-one  and  one-half
    percent  (41.5%) of Net Sales for the remaining sales.   Such
    promotional allowance shall be paid quarterly, no later  than
    thirty-five (35) days after each Quarter Day irrespective  of
    whether  TLC  has  received payment from its  distributor  in
    respects of sales made in the Territory to its customers.
10.2TLC  shall keep accurate records and books of account for the
    purpose  of  showing all amounts to be calculated under  this
    Agreement,  including  Net Sales  in  local  currency.   Such
    records  and books of account shall, as between W-A and  TLC,
    be  kept  for one (1) year following the end of the  calendar
    year  to which they relate and shall, solely for the purposes
    of  any  governmental  audit, be kept  for  three  (3)  years
    following  the end of the calendar year to which they  relate
    and  certified extracts of such records and books of  account
    shall  be  open  to inspection by W-A or its  representatives
    once  each  calendar quarter with notice  of  at  least  five
    business  days during normal business hours for  the  purpose
    of verifying any matter relevant to this Agreement.
10.3In  addition,  during each Contract Year, TLC will  calculate
    the  average  selling  price per Pack (ten  (10)  vials  sold
    together) in the Territory.  In the first Contract Year,  TLC
    will  pay  W-A an additional promotional allowance equivalent
    to ten percent (10%) of the number of Packs sold times sixty-
    five  percent  (65%) of the average selling  price  per  Pack
    during  the  first  six (6) months after the  Effective  Date
    (the  "Initial  Six Months Additional Allowance").   In  each
    Contract  Year,  TLC  will pay W-A an additional  promotional
    allowance  equivalent to five percent (5%) of the  number  of
    Packs  sold  times sixty-five percent (65%)  of  the  average
    selling  price  per  Pack  on the  first  one  million  three
    hundred thousand British pounds (1,300,000) (except that  in
    the  first Contract Year this allowance will not be  paid  on
    the  Packs  for  which  the  Initial  Six  Months  Additional
    Allowance  was paid).  In addition, if the Net  Sales  exceed
    one   million   three   hundred   thousand   British   pounds
    (1,300,000) in one single Contract Year, TLC will pay W-A  a
    promotional allowance equivalent to five percent (5%) of  the
    number  of Packs sold times fifty-five percent (55%)  of  the
    average  hospital selling price per Pack for Packs  exceeding
    that  level  (except  that in the first  Contract  Year  this
    allowance  will  not  be  paid on the  Packs  for  which  the
    Initial Six Months Additional Allowance was paid).  All  such
    promotional  allowances  shall be paid  quarterly,  no  later
    than thirty-five (35) days after each Quarter Day.
10.4Within thirty (30) days of any inspection under Section  10.2
    or  of any promotional allowance payment, W-A may give notice
    to  TLC that it does not accept the same, following which the
    records  or  statement shall be audited and certified  by  an
    independent  accountant appointed by  agreement  between  the
    Parties  or,  in  default of agreement within  fourteen  (14)
    days,  by the office of TLC's regular independent accountants
    in  the  United Kingdom.  TLC shall make available all  books
    and  records  required  for the purpose  of  such  audit  and
    certification  and  the  determination  of  such  independent
    accountants  so certified shall be final and binding  between
    the  Parties.  The cost of such audit and certification shall
    be  the responsibility of TLC if the audit discloses an error
    benefiting  TLC by more than five percent (5%) in respect  of
    monies  due  to  W-A, and the responsibility of  W-A  if  the
    report  is  shown to have been accurate within such financial
    parameters.   Forthwith  upon  any  such  certification,  the
    Parties  shall make any adjustments necessary in  respect  of
    the  sums  already paid to W-A in relation  to  the  calendar
    quarter  in question.  Adjustments in favour of either  Party
    shall be paid in cash.
10.5All  sums due to W-A pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid
    in  British  pounds  and  shall be  made  to  the  designated
    account   of  W-A  by  telegraphic  transfer.   If   European
    Currency  Units  should be subsequently created,  the  amount
    due  W-A  shall be converted in accordance with  the  British
    pound  rate of exchange published in The Wall Street  Journal
    on  the  last business day of the week preceding the date  of
    payment.
10.6If  TLC  fails  to  make any payment to W-A hereunder  within
    thirty  (30)  days  of  the  due date  for  payment,  without
    prejudice to any other right or remedy available to W-A,  W-A
    shall  be entitled to charge TLC late charge penalties  (both
    before and after judgement) on the amount unpaid at the  rate
    of  LIBOR  plus five percent (5%) until payment  in  full  is
    made  without prejudice to W-A's right to receive payment  on
    the due date.
10.7       For  the  avoidance of doubt in the event that  either
    Party shall terminate this Agreement in circumstances defined in
    Section  20.1.6 then TLC shall be obliged to pay to  W-A  its
    promotional allowance entitlement on sales effected by  TLC's
    distributor during such termination notice period.
10.8       Payment of the promotional allowance shall be due  and
    payable  notwithstanding the failure by TLC  to  perform  its
    obligations hereunder or its obligations to TLC's distributor
    (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing,
    failure to ensure the provision and delivery to TLC's distributor
    of adequate levels of stock of the Product in accordance with the
    relevant forecast) or the failure of TLC's distributor to effect
    the sale of the Product or otherwise to perform its distribution
    obligations to TLC under its distributorship agreement (including
    without  prejudice  to the generality of the  foregoing,  the
    processing and fulfilment of orders generated from the detailing
    of  the Product by W-A to potential customers of TLC and  its
    distributor) provided that W-A shall have complied  with  the
    contract  procedures set out in the Marketing  Plan  and  its
    obligations hereunder.

11. MARKETING AND PROMOTION BY W-A
11.1W-A  shall  use its reasonable efforts to promote and  extend
    sales  of the Product in the Territory and shall provide  all
    sales detailing, and promotion activities for the Product  in
    the  Territory.   W-A  shall co-ordinate  its  marketing  and
    sales  activity with TLC's European-wide marketing  campaign.
    TLC  will provide to W-A free of charge camera-ready  artwork
    for  promotional materials in the English language.   In  the
    event  that  W-A  wishes  to develop  customised  promotional
    materials for use in the Territory, it may do so at  its  own
    cost,  provided that it first submits the proposed  materials
    to  TLC and TLC gives its written approval, which it will use
    reasonable  efforts  to provide within thirty  (30)  days  of
    receiving the materials.
11.2TLC  shall  promptly report to W-A sales, in  such  form  and
    content  as  may be agreed between the Parties, on  a  weekly
    basis  during the term of the Agreement.  W-A will  have  the
    right  to access marketing and sales information at any  time
    within the term on request.
11.3W-A  shall  promptly  report to TLC detailing  and  promotion
    activities  in  the Territory on a monthly basis  during  the
    first  Contract  Year  and on a quarterly  basis  during  the
    subsequent years of the Agreement.  TLC will have  the  right
    to  access marketing information at any time within the  term
    on request.
11.4W-A  shall use all reasonable endeavours to visit all of  the
    haematology,  transplantation and infectious disease  centres
    in  the  Territory and to promote the Product to such  extent
    as  to enable TLC's distributor to satisfy the Agreed Minimum
    Sales Targets.
11.5Subject to the provisions of Section 10.8, in the event  that
    TLC's  distributor  does  not receive  sufficient  orders  to
    satisfy  the Agreed Minimum Sales Targets during the term  of
    the  Agreement, the provisions of Sections 16.1 through  16.8
    shall apply.
11.6Unless  otherwise  agreed  in writing  with  TLC,  W-A  shall
    concentrate  its  detailing  and  promotion  of  the  Product
    within  the Territory, shall not seek any customers  for  the
    Product  outside  the Territory and shall not  establish  any
    branch  or  maintain any facility in relation to the  Product
    outside the Territory.
11.7W-A undertakes during the term of this Agreement that W-A  or
    its  Affiliate will not promote, market, distribute  or  sell
    in  the Territory products which compete with the Product  in
    the  hospital  or home intravenous therapy setting.   Without
    limiting the generality of the foregoing, a product  used  to
    treat  systemic  fungal infections will be  considered  as  a
    competitive product for purposes of this Section.  W-A  shall
    promptly notify TLC of all inquiries related to the  sale  or
    distribution of the Product outside of the Territory,  except
    for  territories which may be the subject of other agreements
    between the Parties.
11.8W-A  will  not  detail or promote the Product as  part  of  a
    basket  of  products with other products without TLC's  prior
    written approval.
11.9In  relation  to the promotion of the Product W-A  undertakes
    to  comply  with  the requirements of the Contract  Procedure
    more  particularly  set  out in the Marketing  Plan  and  TLC
    undertakes  to  procure the agreement of its  distributor  to
    the same.

12. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF W-A
12.1W-A shall during the period of this Agreement:
           12.1.1    comply  at  all times  with  all  applicable
           Directives,  laws  and regulations pertaining  to  the
           marketing  and  promotion  of  the  Product   in   the
           Territory;
           12.1.2    employ  or  otherwise  engage  at  its   own
           expense  sufficient  trained and  qualified  personnel
           and  maintain  adequate facilities for  the  efficient
           promotion  and  sale  of  the Product  throughout  the
           Territory;
           12.1.3    in  marketing  the  Product,  not  make  any
           statement,  representations, warranties or  guarantees
           concerning   the  Product  except  as  are   expressly
           authorised  pursuant  to  the marketing  authorisation
           for the Product;
           12.1.4    submit  through the Operating Committee  all
           advertising  and  promotional  schemes  and   material
           (including   copy   and  artwork)  relating   to   the
           promotion  of  the  Product for the  approval  of  TLC
           prior to publication or distribution;
           12.1.5     keep  the  Operating  Committee   regularly
           informed  of full details concerning the marketing  of
           the  Product  in  the  Territory,  including  but  not
           limited  to  prospects,  competitive  activity   etc.,
           which  information  shall  be  recorded  in  Operating
           Committee  meeting  minutes.  W-A will  also  promptly
           inform   the   Operating  Committee   of   any   other
           information  which it now has or which it may  receive
           in  the  future  which is likely to  be  of  interest,
           benefit or use to TLC in relation to its sale  of  the
           Products  in  the  Territory  and  elsewhere  and   in
           particular,  but without limitation, full  details  of
           new  and  prospective customers and  will  supply  TLC
           with  any other information requested by TLC, relevant
           to  the  performance by W-A of its  obligations  under
           this Agreement;
           12.1.6    keep  TLC fully informed of  any  change  in
           Control of W-A in accordance with Section 20.2;
    12.1.7 in  all  correspondence  and other  dealings  relating
           directly  or  indirectly  to  the  promotion  of   the
           Product clearly indicate that it is acting on its  own
           account  as  principal and will not  represent  itself
           impliedly  or  expressly to be the agent  of  TLC  nor
           incur any contractual or other liability on behalf  of
           TLC  nor  in  any way purport to pledge TLC's  credit;
           and
           12.1.8    In this clause, "Employee" means an employee
           employed  by  TLC immediately prior to  the  Effective
           Date:
           12.1.8.1TLC  shall  indemnify W-A against  all  costs,
                    expenses,  damages, compensation,  fines  and
                    other  liabilities  arising  out  of  or   in
                    connection with:
                                                12.1.8.1.1    any
                              claim  by an Employee arising  from
                              his/her employment with TLC or  the
                              termination of that employment; and
                                                12.1.8.1.2    any
                              claim  by an Employee arising  from
                              the    termination    of    his/her
                              employment   with  W-A   (howsoever
                              arising) and which is calculated by
                              reference to the length of  his/her
                              continuous  employment (as  defined
                              in  and  determined  in  accordance
                              with the Employment Rights Act 1996
                              (the  "ERA")), provided  that  this
                              indemnity  shall  only   apply   in
                              relation  to any termination  which
                              takes  effect within five (5) years
                              of  the Effective Date and so  that
                              TLC's liability shall be limited to
                              the   amount  of  any  such   claim
                              calculated  by  reference  to   the
                              period of the Employee's continuous
                              employment   with   TLC   or    any
                              Associated Employer (as defined  in
                              the ERA) of TLC.
           12.1.8.2Subject   to   the   provisions   of   Section
                    12.1.8.1, W-A hereby agrees to pay to TLC  by
                    way   of   contribution  towards  the  costs,
                    including costs to cancel auto leases, mobile
                    telphone   contracts,  and  all  other   such
                    peripheral costs of termination, incurred  by
                    TLC   in   terminating   the   contracts   of
                    employment   of   the   Director,    Clinical
                    Marketing, Sales Co-ordinator, and  five  (5)
                    Clinical Marketing Managers, up to the sum of
                    one   hundred  forty-eight  thousand  British
                    pounds (148,000) within thirty (30) days  of
                    receipt  of  invoices from TLC for  any  such
                    costs.
12.2W-A  shall  notify  TLC, in writing, within twenty-four  (24)
    hours  following receipt of any notice from any  governmental
    agency or public authority of any action to be taken by  such
    agency or authority which may affect the Product.
12.3W-A  shall during the period of this Agreement carry out  its
    obligations hereunder in the following manner:
           12.3.1     in   a  manner  which  shows   the   skill,
           diligence,   prudence   and  foresight   which   would
           reasonably and ordinarily be expected from  a  skilled
           and  experienced person engaged in the  same  type  of
           undertaking under the same or similar circumstances;
           12.3.2     in   a  manner  which  meets  the   highest
           professional and ethical standards;
           12.3.3     in  a  manner  free  from  dishonesty   and
           corruption; and
           12.3.4    in  a manner which shall enhance  the  image
           and  reputation of TLC and its Affiliates, but for the
           avoidance  of  doubt it is declared  and  agreed  that
           this  Agreement  confers no right on W-A  to  use  the
           name  or  logo of TLC, except as otherwise  stipulated
           in this Agreement.
12.4 W-A affirms that it is familiar with the Foreign Corrupt
     Practices Act of 1977 of the United States of America, as
     amended by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Amendments of
     1988 and as may be further amended and supplemented from
     time to time ("FCPA").  W-A further warrants, covenants,
     represents and agrees with TLC that, in connection with the
     performance of this Agreement or with the sale of any
     Product, neither W-A nor any of its principals, employees or
     agents will perform, to the best of its knowledge and
     belief, any act which would constitute a violation of the
     FCPA or which would cause TLC to be in violation of the
     FCPA.  W-A shall certify the accuracy and veracity of the
     foregoing representation and warranty from time to time as
     TLC shall request.  W-A will enforce the foregoing
     obligation in accordance with the extract from its Code of
     Conduct, attached as Schedule 5 and made a part hereof.

13. ADVERSE REACTION REPORTING
13.1During  the  term  of this Agreement each Party  will  report
    adverse  reactions reported to it in respect of  the  Product
    to   the  other  Party  and  to  the  appropriate  regulatory
    authorities  in  accordance  with  all  relevant   laws   and
    regulations.
13.2During  the  term  of  this Agreement, W-A  will  report  all
    serious  adverse reactions from any source to TLC's Affiliate
    in  the  United  Kingdom  for  regulatory  reporting  to  the
    Medicines  Control Agency (the "MCA") and W-A  Global  Safety
    Group  within 24 hours of receipt.  TLC will duly copy  W-A's
    Affiliate  in the United Kingdom on any reports made  to  the
    MCA  marked "reported."  All other non-serious reactions will
    be  reported by W-A's Affiliate in the United Kingdom to  TLC
    and  W-A  Global Safety Group on a monthly basis.   TLC  will
    provide  W-A with the MCA drug analysis and product  analysis
    prints   upon  request  and  will  provide  copies   of   any
    anonymised reports received from the MCA.
13.3The  central safety department of each Party will  report  to
    the  central safety department of the other Party all adverse
    reactions  reported  to  it  in respect  of  the  Product  as
    follows:
           13.3.1     fatal   unexpected   and   life-threatening
           unexpected   adverse   reactions   by   telephone   or
           facsimile within three (3) working days of receipt  by
           the central safety department;
           13.3.2    all  other  serious  adverse  reactions   in
           writing  within fifteen (15) working days  of  receipt
           by the central safety department; and
           13.3.3    a summary of all adverse reactions,  serious
           and  non-serious, in writing on a six-month basis  for
           the  first two years and thereafter on a yearly basis,
           indicating  those  cases which  have  previously  been
           reported to the other Party.
    Further  information received on any serious adverse reaction
    (or  any  information which changes an adverse reaction  from
    non-serious  to serious) will also be reported to  the  other
    Party  within  three  (3) or fifteen  (15)  working  days  of
    receipt  by the central safety department, according  to  the
    above criteria.
13.4An  adverse reaction will be considered "serious"  if  it  is
    any  one  or  more  of  the following;  namely,  fatal,  life
    threatening,   disabling   or  incapacitating,   results   in
    hospitalisation   or   prolongation  of  hospitalisation,   a
    congenital  abnormality, a carcinoma,  or  an  overdose.   In
    addition,  any adverse reaction which suggests a  significant
    hazard, contraindication, side effect or precaution that  may
    be  associated with the use of the Product will be considered
    a serious adverse reaction.

14. GRANT OF RIGHTS
14.1TLC  hereby  grants W-A the exclusive right  to  promote  the
    Product  in the Territory under the TLC Trade Marks,  subject
    to Section 15 herein.

15. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
15.1TLC  represents, warrants and undertakes that to the best  of
    its knowledge and belief at the Effective Date:
           15.1.1    TLC  or a TLC Affiliate owns the  TLC  Trade
           Marks within the Territory;
           15.1.2    the TLC Trade Marks are duly registered  and
           subsisting in the Territory and all renewal fees  have
           been duly paid;
           15.1.3    nothing has been done within  the  Territory
           to   diminish  or  otherwise  adversely   affect   the
           reputation of the TLC Trade Marks;
           15.1.4    TLC is not aware of any infringement by  any
           third party in the Territory of the TLC Trade Marks;
    15.1.5 TLC or a TLC Affiliate owns the TLC Patents within the
Territory;
           15.1.6     the   TLC  Patents  are  duly  issued   and
           subsisting  in  the Territory, and all annuities  have
           been duly paid and shall when due be duly paid;
           15.1.7    there  is  no pending or  threatened  claim,
           proceeding  or  litigation relating to the  TLC  Trade
           Marks  or the TLC Patents that could adversely  affect
           the  ability of W-A to market and sell the Product  in
           the Territory; and
           15.1.8    there  is  no pending or  threatened  claim,
           proceeding  or litigation alleging that  the  sale  or
           use  of the Product in the Territory would infringe  a
           patent,   trademark  or  other  intellectual  property
           right of a third party.
15.2During  the period of this Agreement TLC shall carry  out  at
    its  own  expense  and  with  sole  discretion  any  and  all
    activities  required  in the Territory  in  relation  to  TLC
    Trade  Marks  or  any  TLC  Patents,  including  prosecution,
    maintenance, enforcement and defence of any of the same.
15.3Except   as  otherwise  stipulated  in  this  Agreement   W-A
    acknowledges  that it has no right, title or interest  in  or
    to  the  Product nor in the TLC Patents, the TLC Trade Marks,
    or  in any trade secrets, copyrights, design rights, database
    rights,  moral  rights or other intellectual property  rights
    applicable  to the Product.  To the extent and in the  manner
    requested  by  TLC, W-A shall place patent,  trade  mark  and
    copyright  notices  and similar proprietary  legends  on  all
    Product  and  packaging materials in order  to  preserve  the
    proprietary rights of TLC or its Affiliates.
15.4W-A  shall  give  TLC notice of any infringement  within  the
    Territory  of  the TLC Trade Marks or the TLC Patents  coming
    to  its  attention.  TLC shall have the right  to  have  sole
    conduct   of   any  proceedings  necessary,  including   full
    authority  to  settle such proceedings.  Prior  to  any  such
    settlement  TLC shall consult with W-A on the impact  of  any
    such  settlement  on W-A's interests.  In  the  case  of  any
    proceedings  within the Territory, TLC shall be  entitled  to
    join  W-A  as a co-plaintiff who shall provide all reasonable
    assistance  in relation to such proceedings at its  own  cost
    and  expense.  If in any such proceedings, whether  at  trial
    or  by  way  of settlement, TLC is successful,  it  shall  be
    entitled  to  retain any award of costs and damages  made  in
    such  proceedings or settlement, but TLC shall remit  to  W-A
    only  to  the  extent of such recovery by TLC the  reasonable
    out-of-pocket costs, legal fees and expenses expended by  W-A
    in  providing such assistance to TLC.  In the case  that  TLC
    informs  W-A  in writing that TLC has elected not  to  pursue
    such  infringement proceedings, W-A may initiate  and  pursue
    such  proceedings either on its own or as a  joint  plaintiff
    with  TLC, if TLC so desires, provided that W-A has  obtained
    TLC's  written  consent,  which  shall  not  be  unreasonably
    withheld.   In the event that W-A shall bring proceedings  on
    its  own,  W-A shall be entitled to retain 100% of any  award
    of   costs  and  damages  awarded  in  such  proceedings   or
    settlement  monies  paid  in connection  therewith,  but  W-A
    shall remit to TLC only to the extent of such recovery by  W-
    A   the  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs,  legal  fees   and
    expenses expended by TLC in providing assistance to W-A.
15.5If  during  the period of this Agreement either  Party  shall
    receive  any  notice,  claim or proceedings  from  any  third
    party   alleging   infringement   of   such   third   party's
    intellectual property rights by reason of W-A's marketing  or
    sale  of  the  Product  in the Territory,  such  Party  shall
    forthwith  notify the other Party of any such notice,  claims
    or proceedings and:
           15.5.1   TLC shall be responsible at its own cost  and
           expense  for  dealing with any such notice,  claim  or
           proceedings,  and  W-A  shall  co-operate   in   TLC's
           handling and defence thereof; and
           15.5.2    TLC shall have conduct of and sole authority
           to  defend  or settle such claims or proceedings.   In
           order  to resolve any such claims or proceedings,  TLC
           may  agree  to  take a license from the owner  of  the
           patent,   trademark  or  other  intellectual  property
           right  in  question,  but if such  license  cannot  be
           obtained on terms that are acceptable to TLC, it  may,
           following  consultation with W-A, elect to discontinue
           marketing  of the Product in the Territory,  in  which
           case  this  Agreement shall be terminated, unless  W-A
           agrees to pay all or a portion of the license fees  or
           royalties  necessary  to obtain  a  license  therefor.
           The  foregoing is without prejudice to any  rights  or
           claims  that W-A may have by reason of any  breach  by
           TLC   of   the   representations,  warranties   and/or
           undertakings  contained  in  Sections  15.1.1  through
           15.1.8  hereof,  except that the termination  of  this
           Agreement by TLC in accordance with the terms of  this
           Section  only  shall  not  in  itself  constitute  any
           breach of TLC's obligations hereunder.
           15.5.3    TLC  shall indemnify and hold W-A  free  and
           harmless  from any payment of royalties or damages  to
           third  parties  as  a consequence  of  any  judgement,
           award or settlement arising from a claim of patent  or
           trademark  infringement,  or  infringement  of   other
           intellectual  property rights, based on W-A's  use  or
           sale  of  the Product in the Territory under  the  TLC
           Trade  Marks  and TLC Patents in accordance  with  the
           terms  of  this  Agreement,  except  as  provided   in
           Section  15.5.2,  and except for any  claim  based  on
           marketing   or  promotional  materials   created   by,
           packaging   or   labelling   produced   by,    Product
           modifications  made by, or other acts  done  by,  W-A,
           its agents, employees or customers.

16. SALES TARGETS
16.1In  the  event  that  in any one year of  the  term  of  this
    Agreement  the Agreed Minimum Sales Targets are not achieved,
    notwithstanding  the  provision  and  delivery  of   adequate
    levels  of stock of the Product to the market by TLC  and  by
    TLC's   distributor,  then,  subject  to  the  saving  clause
    provided hereunder, TLC shall have the following options:
     16.1.1          to terminate this Agreement or
     16.1.2  to  co-operate in improving  the  marketing  of  the
Product.
16.2For  the  purposes of Section 16.1.1, W-A may, at its option,
    aggregate  the Agreed Minimum Sales Targets in  any  two  (2)
    years  of  the  term of this Agreement and take  the  average
    thereof  in  order to meet such targets.  If  TLC  wishes  to
    exercise  the  option  set out in Section  16.1.1,  it  shall
    notify W-A to this effect in writing within thirty (30)  days
    of  receiving notice that any particular Agreed Minimum Sales
    Target   has   not  been  met  and  thereupon  the   relevant
    provisions  of Sections 19 and 20 shall apply.  However,  the
    Parties  will agree on revised targets if the Agreed  Minimum
    Sales  Targets  are not achieved due to unforeseeable  events
    beyond   W-A's  reasonable  control,  such  as   actions   of
    governmental or regulatory authorities or any failure on  the
    part  of  TLC  or its distributor to effect the sale  of  the
    Product  in circumstances envisaged in Section 10.8  of  this
    Agreement.   Any failure by TLC to give notice of termination
    within the thirty-day period will not constitute a waiver  of
    its  right  to  terminate under Section 16.1.1 if  additional
    time  is needed to enable TLC to determine the cause of  such
    failure  to  meet targets, to allow the Parties to  negotiate
    revised targets, or to calculate two-year averaged targets.
16.3TLC's  failure  to terminate this Agreement pursuant  to  the
    provisions  of  Section  16.1.1 in any  one  year  shall  not
    prejudice TLC's right to exercise this option in any  of  the
    following years.
16.4If  in any one year TLC wishes to exercise the option set out
    in  Section  16.1.2,  TLC  will  convene  a  meeting  of  the
    Operating  Committee  to  determine  a  new  plan   for   the
    marketing and sale of the Product in the Territory (the  "New
    Marketing Plan").
16.5Upon   being  so  convened,  the  Operating  Committee  shall
    prepare  the first year of the New Marketing Plan,  and  such
    New Marketing Plan will contain:
           16.5.1    an estimate of marketing/promotional  budget
           and  selling expenses required for the Product in  the
           Territory during such year;
           16.5.2    the target audiences for the Product in  the
           Territory; and
           16.5.3    the marketing/promotional budget and selling
           expenses  and  the projected number of details  to  be
           shared  by  TLC  or  its  Affiliate  and  W-A  in  the
           Territory  to all target audiences during  such  Year.
           Such  determination  of  budget  and  the  number   of
           details  shall  be made considering factors  including
           the  number  of  physicians in each  target  audience,
           their  geographic distribution, the elapsed time since
           product launch, and the frequency of detailing  visits
           to   each  target  audience  which  is  customary   in
           pharmaceutical  sales practice in  the  Territory  for
           products  of  similar nature to the Product,  provided
           always  that  W-A  shall  be  required  to  perform  a
           guaranteed  number  of  the  projected  details,  such
           number  to be defined by the Operating Committee.   In
           no  event shall such number of projected details by W-
           A  or  TLC be less than thirty percent (30%) of  total
           projected details.
16.6In  the  event  of a New Marketing Plan, and not  later  than
    three  (3) months prior to the beginning of any year,  a  New
    Marketing  Plan for the following year shall be  prepared  by
    the  Operating Committee covering the same issues as set  out
    in Section 16.5.
16.7During  any  year  of  the  New Marketing  Plan  TLC  or  its
    Affiliate  and  W-A  shall supply each other  on  a  regular,
    monthly  basis with copies of sales call reports in order  to
    ascertain  the  actual number of details undertaken  by  both
    Parties.   Such call reports will be treated as  Confidential
    Information  under Section 17 and will be  provided  only  to
    employees  of  the Parties who are members of  the  Operating
    Committee  or  who  are responsible for calculating  payments
    hereunder.
16.8In  the  event that TLC or its Affiliate co-operates  in  the
    marketing  of the Product, it shall be entitled to  a  credit
    against  amounts owed to W-A calculated as the sum of  A  and
    B, where
          (I)        For  the  first  one million  three  hundred
          thousand  British pounds (1,300,000) of  in-the-market
          sales during each Contract Year:

                             DTLC
    A =   NS  x  40%    x     ____________
                             DTLC  +  DE

                                           DE
    B =           ET    x     ____________
                             DTLC  +  DE

    and
     (II)   For  all  subsequent in-the-market sales  during  any
Contract Year:
                              DTLC
    A =   NS  x  50%    x     ____________
                              DTLC  +  DE

                                      DE
    B =           ET   x     ____________
                              DTLC  +  DE

    and
           NS  =     Net Sales for the three (3) months ending on
           the day before each Quarter Day;
           DTLC   =  The number of sales calls undertaken by  TLC
           and  its  Affiliates for the Product in the three  (3)
           months ending on the day before each Quarter Day;
           DE   =    The number of sales calls undertaken by  W-A
           and  its  Affiliates for the Product in the three  (3)
           months ending on the day before each Quarter Day; and
           ET    =     The  expenses  incurred  by  TLC  and  its
           Affiliates   in   support  of  the  Product   in   the
           Territory,  other than personnel-related expenses,  in
           the  three  (3) months ending on the day  before  each
           Quarter Day.
     Such  credits shall be taken against payments due to W-A  in
     accordance  with Section 10.1 herein.  For  the  purpose  of
     making  the foregoing calculation, W-A undertakes to  inform
     TLC  of the applicable number of sales calls within five (5)
     days after each of the Quarter Days.

17. CONFIDENTIALITY
17.1The Parties each undertake and agree to:
           17.1.1   keep the Confidential Information secret  and
           confidential   and  not  directly  or  indirectly   to
           disclose  or  permit to be disclosed the same  to  any
           third  party,  other than its Affiliates,  consultants
           or  other  advisors, for any reason without the  prior
           written consent of the other Party;
           17.1.2    ensure that only those of its  officers  and
           employees  and  those  of  its  Affiliates   who   are
           directly  concerned  with the  carrying  out  of  this
           Agreement  have access to the Confidential Information
           on  a  strictly applied "need to know" basis  and  are
           informed of the secret and confidential nature of it;
           17.1.3    ensure that the Confidential Information  is
           not  covered  by any fixed or floating charge  entered
           into  at any time by it and not otherwise to establish
           a  lien  over or in any other way encumber, the  same;
           and
           17.1.4    not  copy, reproduce or otherwise  replicate
           for  any  purpose  or  in  any manner  whatsoever  any
           documents,  discs,  CD-ROM or  any  other  media  upon
           which  Confidential  Information  can  be  permanently
           stored containing the Confidential Information.
17.2The obligations of confidence referred to in this Section  17
    shall not extend to any Confidential Information which:
           17.2.1    is  or shall be generally available  to  the
           public  otherwise  than by reason  of  breach  by  the
           recipient or its Affiliate of the provisions  of  this
           Section;
           17.2.2    in  the  case  of  Confidential  Information
           disclosed  or  made  available to a Party  ("Recipient
           Party")  or  its Affiliate directly or  indirectly  by
           the other Party:
                                  (a)           is known  to  the
                Recipient  Party  and  is at  its  free  disposal
                (having  been  generated  independently  by   the
                Recipient   Party   or   a   third    party    in
                circumstances  where  it  has  not  been  derived
                directly  or  indirectly from the  other  Party's
                Confidential  Information) prior to  its  receipt
                from  the  other provided that evidence  of  such
                knowledge  is  furnished by the  Recipient  Party
                within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of  that
                Confidential Information; or
                                   (b)           is  subsequently
                disclosed   to   the  Recipient   Party   without
                obligations of confidence by a third party  owing
                no   such   obligations  in   respect   of   that
                Confidential Information;
           17.2.3     is   required  by  law  to   be   disclosed
           (including  as  part of any regulatory  submission  or
           approval  process) and then only when  prompt  written
           notice  of  this  requirement has been  given  to  the
           other  Party  so  that  the other  Party  may,  if  so
           advised,  seek  appropriate  relief  to  prevent  such
           disclosure,    provided   always    that    in    such
           circumstances  such disclosure shall be  only  to  the
           extent  so  required  and shall be  subject  to  prior
           consultation  with  the other Party  with  a  view  to
           agreeing   on   the   timing  and  content   of   such
           disclosure.
17.3Subject   to   the   provisions  of   Section   17.2.3,   all
    Confidential Information disclosed by one Party to the  other
    shall  remain  the intellectual property or property  of  the
    disclosing  Party.   In  the event of  a  court,  nominee  or
    supervisor   for  composition  in  satisfaction   of   debts,
    liquidator,   trustee,  receiver,  administrative   receiver,
    receiver    and   manager,   interim   receiver,    custodian
    sequestrator  or similar officer ("Officer") assumes  partial
    or  complete Control over the assets of a Party based on  the
    insolvency or bankruptcy of that Party, that Party shall:
           17.3.1   promptly notify the court or Officer:
                                      (a)          that Confidential
                Information  received from the other Party  under
                this  Agreement remains the property of the other
                Party unless expressly assigned;
                                      (b)              of     the
                     confidentiality  and  security   obligations
                     under this Agreement; and
           17.3.2    to  the  extent permitted by law,  take  all
           steps   necessary   or  desirable  to   maintain   the
           confidentiality  and  security of  the  other  Party's
           Confidential Information and to ensure that the  court
           or  Officer maintains that Confidential Information in
           confidence  and  that Confidential  Material  is  kept
           secure in accordance with this Agreement.
17.4The  terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be  treated
    as  Confidential  Information by  both  Parties.   If  either
    Party  desires  to  issue  a  press  release  regarding  this
    Agreement,  it shall submit the proposed text of  such  press
    release  to  the  other Party and shall thereafter  issue  it
    only  if the other Party does not object to the proposed text
    within  forty-eight  hours after  receiving  it.   The  Party
    proposing  to  issue the press release will  make  reasonable
    efforts  to incorporate the other Party's comments  and  will
    not  issue  any  press release regarding this Agreement  over
    the  other  Party's objection except as provided  in  Section
    17.2.3.
17.5The  obligations of the Parties under Sections 17.1  to  17.4
    shall   survive  the  expiration  or  termination   of   this
    Agreement  for whatever reason and continue for a  period  of
    five (5) years.
17.6The Parties understand and agree that remedies at law may  be
    inadequate  to  protect against any  breach  of  any  of  the
    provisions  of  this  Section 17 by  either  Party  or  their
    employees, agents, officers or directors or any other  person
    acting  in  concert  with it or on its behalf.   Accordingly,
    each  Party  shall  be  entitled  to  seek  the  granting  of
    injunctive  relief  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction
    against  any  action  that constitutes  any  breach  of  this
    Section  17.   It  is  understood that injunctive  relief  is
    intended  solely as provisional relief pending resolution  of
    the dispute.

18. LIABILITY/INDEMNITY
18.1Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  18.3,  TLC   shall
    indemnify,  defend  and  hold  harmless  W-A,  its  officers,
    agents,  employees and Affiliates from any and all liability,
    loss,  damage,  cost and expense (including court  costs  and
    reasonable attorney's fees) incurred or sustained by  W-A  or
    its  Affiliates  as a result of any claim or  demand  of  any
    party arising out of or connected with the negligence of  TLC
    in  the preparation of a clinical trial protocol and/or  with
    any  defect  which  may arise from failure  to  meet  product
    specifications  as approved by the Competent  Authorities  of
    the  Territory,  including  for such  purposes  manufacturing
    defects  arising  out of the Product not complying  with  the
    Specifications; provided however that TLC and its  Affiliates
    shall  have  no  liability  for any  loss,  damage,  cost  or
    expense which directly results from:
           18.1.1     failure  of  W-A,  its  officers,   agents,
           employees  or Affiliates to adhere to the  term  of  a
           clinical  trial protocol, TLC's instructions  relative
           to  the  use  of the relevant Product or any  term  or
           provision of this Agreement;
           18.1.2     failure  of  W-A,  its  officers,   agents,
           employees  or Affiliates to comply with any applicable
           governmental or regulatory requirements; or
           18.1.3   negligence or wilful malfeasance by W-A,  its
           officers,  agents,  employees and/or  Affiliates,  but
           only  to  the extent that such loss, damage,  cost  or
           expense   are   due  to  the  negligence   or   wilful
           malfeasance  of  W-A, its officers, agents,  employees
           and/or Affiliates.
18.2W-A  shall  indemnify,  defend and  hold  harmless  TLC,  its
    Affiliates,  and  their  respective  officers,   agents   and
    employees from any and all liability, loss, damage, cost  and
    expense (including court costs and reasonable attorney  fees)
    incurred  or  sustained by any of them as  a  result  of  any
    claim  or  demand  of any party arising out of  or  connected
    with:
           18.2.1     failure  of  W-A,  its  officers,   agents,
           employees  or Affiliates to adhere to the  term  of  a
           clinical  trial  protocol, TLC's written  instructions
           relative  to the use of the relevant products  or  any
           term or provision of this Agreement;
           18.2.2     failure  of  W-A,  its  officers,   agents,
           employees  or Affiliates to comply with any applicable
           governmental or regulatory requirements; or
           18.2.3   negligence or wilful malfeasance by W-A,  its
           officers, agents, employees and/or Affiliates.
18.3Neither  Party  shall be liable in an action  for  breach  of
    contract or in tort brought by one against the other  whether
    under  the  indemnity  set out in Section  18.1  or  18.2  or
    otherwise  for  special,  indirect or  consequential  damages
    resulting  from  such  action or claim arising  out  of  this
    Agreement  including  without limitation  loss  of  turnover,
    profits,  goodwill or business interruption however the  same
    may be caused.
18.4Each  Party's  agreement  to indemnify  and  hold  the  other
    harmless pursuant to this Section 18 is conditional upon  the
    indemnified party:
           18.4.1    providing written notice to the indemnifying
           party  of  any  claim  or demand arising  out  of  the
           indemnified activities within thirty (30)  days  after
           the  indemnified party has knowledge of such claim  or
           demand;
           18.4.2    permitting the indemnifying party to  assume
           full  responsibility to investigate, prepare  for  and
           defend against any such claim or demand including  the
           right to compromise or settle the same; and
           18.4.3    not compromising or settling such  claim  or
           demand   without  the  indemnifying  party's   written
           consent.
    Each   Party   agrees  that  any  settlement   made   by   an
    indemnifying   party  shall  not  impose  an  obligation   or
    restriction   on   any   indemnified   party   without   such
    indemnified party's written consent.

19. TERM
19.1Subject  to  the  provisions for early termination  contained
    herein,  this Agreement shall take effect from the  Effective
    Date  and shall continue until the fifth anniversary  thereof
    (the  "Initial  Term").   Provided that  the  Agreed  Minimum
    Sales  Targets  are achieved, as modified  by  Section  16.2,
    during  the Initial Term or during any subsequent  period  of
    five  (5)  Contract Years (a "Renewal Term"), W-A shall  have
    the  right  to  market the Product for an additional  Renewal
    Term,  subject  to good faith agreement between  the  Parties
    regarding  the Agreed Minimum Sales Targets for  the  Renewal
    Term.   In  the event that the Parties are unable  to  agree,
    then  TLC  agrees  that it shall market the  Product  to  the
    exclusion of any other third party.
19.2In  the event that the Parties are unable to agree on renewal
    terms  after the Initial Term or any Renewal Term,  TLC  will
    make  payments to W-A in the amount of fifteen percent  (15%)
    of  the Net Sales of Product sold in the Territory by TLC  or
    its  Affiliate  in  the first year following  termination  of
    this  Agreement,  or,  if  the  Product  is  marketed  by  an
    independent  distributor,  fifteen  percent  (15%)   of   the
    revenue   received  by  TLC  or  its  Affiliate   from   such
    distributor  on account of Product shipped to the distributor
    during   the  first  year  following  termination   of   this
    Agreement; and seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of  the  Net
    Sales  of  Product  sold  in the  Territory  by  TLC  or  its
    Affiliate  in the second year following termination  of  this
    Agreement,  or, if the Product is marketed by an  independent
    distributor,  seven  and  one-half  percent  (7.5%)  of   the
    revenue   received  by  TLC  or  its  Affiliate   from   such
    distributor  on account of Product shipped to the distributor
    during   the  second  year  following  termination  of   this
    Agreement.   No such payments will be required if the  reason
    for  nonrenewal  is  a failure to meet Agreed  Minimum  Sales
    Targets during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term.
19.3In  the  event that the Agreement is terminated prior to  the
    expiration of the Initial Term due to TLC's material  breach,
    then   TLC  agrees  to  make  payments  to  W-A  representing
    compensation  to  W-A  equal to seven  and  one-half  percent
    (7.5%)  of  Net Sales for each year which W-A would otherwise
    have  had marketing rights but for the termination, based  on
    the  Net  Sales  for  the immediately preceding  twelve  (12)
    months prior to the effective date of termination.

20. TERMINATION
20.1Each  Party shall have the right to terminate this  Agreement
    upon  giving ninety (90) days written notice thereof  to  the
    other  Party upon the occurrence of the following  events  at
    any time during the term of this Agreement:
           20.1.1    if the other Party commits a material breach
           of  this  Agreement, which in the  case  of  a  breach
           capable of remedy shall not have been remedied  within
           thirty  (30)  days of the receipt by it  of  a  notice
           identifying the breach and requiring its remedy;
           20.1.2   any Party shall suspend payment of its  debts
           or  cease  or  threaten  to  cease  to  carry  on  its
           business or become bankrupt or insolvent;
           20.1.3     a   proposal  is  made  or  a  nominee   or
           supervisor   is   appointed  for  a   composition   in
           satisfaction of the debts of any Party or a scheme  or
           arrangement of its affairs in relation thereto or  any
           Party  commences negotiations with one or more of  its
           bankers  with  a  view to the general readjustment  or
           rescheduling  of  all or part of its  indebtedness  or
           enters  into  any composition or arrangement  for  the
           benefit  of its creditors or proceedings are commenced
           in  relation to any Party under any law, regulation or
           procedure  relating  to  the  re-construction  or  re-
           adjustment  of  debts (including where a  petition  is
           filed    or   proceedings   commenced   seeking    any
           reorganisation,    arrangement,     composition     or
           readjustment   under   any   applicable    bankruptcy,
           insolvency,   moratorium,  reorganisation   or   other
           similar  law affecting creditor's rights  or  where  a
           Party  consents to, or acquiesces in,  the  filing  of
           such a petition);
           20.1.4    an application is made to the courts for  an
           administrative order under the bankruptcy laws or  any
           statutory  modification or re-enactment  thereof  with
           respect to any Party;
           20.1.5    any Party takes, without the consent of  the
           other  Party  (such  consent not  to  be  unreasonably
           withheld),  any  action, or any legal proceedings  are
           started or other steps taken by a third party, with  a
           view to:
               (a)   the winding up or dissolution of such  Party
               (other  than for the re-construction of a  solvent
               company); or
               (b)   the  appointment  of a liquidator,  trustee,
               receiver,  administrative receiver,  receiver  and
               manager,  interim receiver custodian, sequestrator
               or  similar  officer  of such  Party  against  the
               Party  or a substantial part of the assets of  the
               Party; or
           20.1.6    the  pricing authorisation  imposed  by  the
           Competent   Authority  is  below  the  minimum   price
           provided under Section 5.1.
20.2TLC  shall  have  the right to terminate this Agreement  upon
    giving thirty (30) days written notice thereof to W-A in  the
    event   that  a  third  party  unrelated  to  W-A's   current
    shareholders  acquires  Control of  W-A  and  such  party  is
    engaged directly or indirectly in the manufacture or sale  of
    lipid products.
20.3Upon  termination of this Agreement for any reason W-A  shall
    forthwith:
           20.3.1     discontinue   making  any   representations
           regarding  its  status  as  a  provider  of  promotion
           services for TLC;
           20.3.2    cease conducting any activities with respect
           to  the  marketing  or  sale of  the  Product  in  the
           Territory;
           20.3.3    return to TLC technical sales or promotional
           and sales training material and any other material  of
           TLC   then   in   its  possession  including   without
           limitation  all  Confidential  Information   and   all
           clinical data concerning the Product;
           20.3.4   refrain from using the TLC Trade Marks; and
           20.3.5    if so requested by TLC and at TLC's  expense
           take  all  actions  reasonably  requested  by  TLC  to
           transfer  to  TLC  or its designee  any  registration,
           approval  or  other regulatory licence  or  permission
           granted  to  W-A  by  a  Competent  Authority  in  the
           Territory for the Product.
20.4Except  for  sums  otherwise owing upon termination  of  this
    Agreement  or  thereafter becoming due  and  payable  neither
    Party  should  be  required  to  pay  the  other  Party   any
    termination  damages or special, incidental or  consequential
    damages   of   any  kind  arising  out  of  the   termination
    (including  without  limitation labour  claims  and  loss  of
    profits, investments or goodwill), and W-A hereby waives  and
    disclaims any such claims whether arising under local law  or
    otherwise.
20.5Upon  termination  of  this Agreement howsoever  arising  the
    rights of each Party against the other which have accrued  at
    the date of termination shall not be affected.

21. ASSIGNMENT
21.1Except  as  provided  in Section 21.2,  the  obligations  and
    rights  provided  in this Agreement shall  not  be  assigned,
    transferred  or  sub-contracted by any  Party  unless  agreed
    upon in writing by the other.  Subject to the foregoing,  the
    rights  and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall  inure
    to  the  benefit of and bind their respective successors  and
    assignees.
21.2Subject  to  the prior written consent of TLC, which  consent
    shall not be unreasonably withheld, W-A shall be entitled  to
    assign  its  rights and obligations under this  Agreement  to
    any  wholly  or  majority owned Affiliate of  W-A.   TLC  may
    assign  in  whole or in part its obligations  and  rights  in
    this  Agreement  to  a  TLC Affiliate  at  any  time  at  its
    discretion.

22. FORCE MAJEURE
22.1If  a  Party ("the Non-Performing Party") shall be unable  to
    carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement due  to
    Force  Majeure,  this Agreement shall remain  in  effect  but
    for:
           22.1.1      the   Non-Performing   Party's    relevant
           obligations; and
           22.1.2    the relevant obligations of the other  Party
           ("the  Innocent  Party") owed  to  the  Non-Performing
           Party  under this Agreement shall be suspended  for  a
           period  equal to the circumstance of Force Majeure  or
           three  (3) months, whichever is the shorter,  provided
           that:
                                  22.1.2.1     the suspension  of
                     performance is of no greater scope  than  is
                     required by the Force Majeure;
                                  22.1.2.2     the Non-Performing
                     Party   gives  the  Innocent  Party   prompt
                     notice describing the circumstance of  Force
                     Majeure,   including  the  nature   of   the
                     occurrence  and its expected  duration,  and
                     continues  to  furnish regular reports  with
                     respect  thereto during the period of  Force
                     Majeure;
                     22.1.2.3     the Non-Performing  Party  uses
                     all   reasonable  efforts  to   remedy   its
                     inability  to  perform and to  mitigate  the
                     effects   of  the  circumstance   of   Force
                     Majeure; and
                     22.1.2.4     as  soon  as practicable  after
                     the  event which constitutes Force  Majeure,
                     the  Parties  shall  discuss  how  best   to
                     continue   their  operations   as   far   as
                     possible in accordance with this Agreement.
22.2If  Force  Majeure is continuing at the expiry  of  the  said
    period of three (3) months the Innocent Party shall have  the
    right  to  terminate this Agreement forthwith upon notice  in
    writing to the Non-Performing Party.

23. WAIVER
23.1No  Party shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights or
    remedies  whatsoever unless such waiver is  made  in  writing
    and  signed  by  a  duly  authorised representative  of  that
    Party.   In  particular, no delay or failure of either  Party
    in  exercising  or  enforcing any of its rights  or  remedies
    whatsoever  shall operate as a waiver thereof  or  so  as  to
    preclude  or  impair the exercise or enforcement thereof  nor
    shall  any partial exercise or enforcement of any such  right
    or  remedy  by a Party preclude or impair any other  exercise
    or enforcement thereof by such Party.

24. SEVERANCE OF TERMS
24.1If  the  whole  or  any part of this Agreement  is  or  shall
    become  or  be declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable  in
    any  jurisdiction for any reason whatsoever  (including  both
    by  reason of the provisions of any legislation or by  reason
    of  any  decision of any court or Competent Authority  either
    having   jurisdiction   over   this   Agreement   or   having
    jurisdiction  over either of the Parties to  this  Agreement)
    then:
           24.1.1   in the case of the illegality, invalidity  or
           unenforceability  of the whole of this  Agreement,  it
           shall  terminate  in relation to the  jurisdiction  in
           question; or
    24.1.2 in   the   case  of  the  illegality,  invalidity   or
           unenforceability of part of this Agreement, such  part
           shall   be   severed  from  this  Agreement   in   the
           jurisdiction   in   question  and   such   illegality,
           invalidity  or unenforceability shall not in  any  way
           whatsoever prejudice or affect the remaining parts  of
           this Agreement which shall continue in full force  and
           effect  provided  always that  if  in  the  reasonable
           opinion  of  any  Party any such severance  materially
           affects  the commercial basis of this Agreement,  such
           Party   shall   have  the  right  to  terminate   this
           Agreement  with  immediate effect upon  giving  ninety
           (90)   days   written  notice  to  the   other   Party
           containing the reason(s) why the commercial  basis  of
           this  Agreement has been materially affected  by  such
           severance.

25. ENTIRE AGREEMENT/VARIATIONS
25.1 This   Agreement  constitutes  the  entire   agreement   and
     understanding between the Parties and supersedes  all  prior
     oral     or     written    understandings,     arrangements,
     representations or agreements between them relating  to  the
     subject matter of this Agreement.  No director, employee  or
     agent   of   either  Party  is  authorised   to   make   any
     representation or warranty to the other Party not  contained
     in  this Agreement, and each Party acknowledges that it  has
     not  relied  on any such oral or written representations  or
     warranties.
25.2No  variation, amendments, modification or supplement to this
    Agreement  shall  be  valid unless made  in  writing  in  the
    English   language   and   signed  by   a   duly   authorised
    representative of each Party.

26. NOTICES
26.1Save  as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,  any
    notice  or  other communication to be given by any person  to
    any  other  person  pursuant to this Agreement  shall  be  in
    writing  and  in the English language and shall be  given  by
    letter delivered by hand or sent by courier or facsimile  and
    shall  be addressed to the recipient and sent to the  address
    or  facsimile number of the recipient set out in  Schedule  3
    hereto  marked  for  the attention of the representative  set
    out  in  Schedule 3 or to such other address and/or facsimile
    number  or  marked for such other attention as such recipient
    may  from  time to time specify by notice given in accordance
    with  this  Section  26.1 to the Party  giving  the  relevant
    notice  or  other communication to it and shall be deemed  to
    have been received:
           26.1.1    in  the  case  of delivery  by  hand  or  by
           courier, when delivered; or
           26.1.2    in the case of facsimile, on acknowledgement
           by  the recipient facsimile receiving equipment  on  a
           Business   Day   provided  that  such  acknowledgement
           occurs  before 1700 hours local time of the  recipient
           on  the  Business Day of acknowledgement  and  in  any
           other  case  on  the Business Day next  following  the
           Business Day of acknowledgement.
26.2In  the case of notices other than orders for goods given  by
    fax  written  confirmation should be sent  by  recorded  mail
    within 48 hours.

27. COSTS
27.1Each  Party  shall bear its own legal fees and  expenses  and
    any  other expenses incurred in the preparation and execution
    of this Agreement.

28. GOVERNING LAW
28.1The  interpretation, validity, construction  and  performance
    of  this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
    of  New York, as the same may be in effect at the time of any
    legal proceeding pursuant to Section 29.

29. JURISDICTION
29.1Any    dispute    between   the   Parties    regarding    the
    interpretation,   construction   or   performance   of   this
    Agreement   that   cannot   be  resolved   through   amicable
    negotiations shall be finally resolved by submission  to  the
    exclusive  jurisdiction of the United States  Federal  Courts
    for  the  Southern  District of New  York.   Solely  for  the
    purposes  of this Agreement, each of the Parties hereto  does
    hereby  irrevocably submit to the exclusive  jurisdiction  of
    the  United  States Federal Courts sitting  in  the  Southern
    District of New York.

30. NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY CREATED
30.1Nothing  in this Agreement shall constitute or be  deemed  to
    constitute a partnership between TLC or its Affiliates and W-
    A  or  constitute or be deemed to constitute W-A as agent  of
    TLC  or  its Affiliates or to contract in the name of  or  to
    create  a liability against TLC or its affiliates in any  way
    or for any purpose.


AS WITNESS whereto the respective signatures have been given on
behalf of the Parties hereto on the day and year first above
written.

Wyeth-Ayerst International Inc.              The Liposome
Company, Inc.

By:                                          By:
Name:     Beat H. Leber                      Name:     Michael McGrane
Title:    Vice President,                    Title:    Vice President, General
          Business Development               Counsel & Secretary

Date:                                       Date:



L:\LEGALDPT\LEGAL\DISTRIB\WYAY_UK6.DOC



                           SCHEDULE 1

                  AGREED MINIMUM SALES TARGETS



               Year 1         817,410 British pounds (100mg vials)
                         156,293 British pounds (50mg vials) *

               Year 2         1,022,420 British pounds

               Year 3         1,073,540 British pounds

               Year 4         1,073,540 British pounds

               Year  5          1,073,540  British pounds























_______________
* Assuming April 1, 1999 launch of 50mg vials:
  525  packs of 50mg vials (This number can be amended on  a  pro
  rata basis if the launch date goes beyond April 1, 1999)
                           SCHEDULE 2

                         SPECIFICATIONS



                             ABELCET
             (Amphotericin B Lipid Complex or ABLC)


    Supplied as suspension in vials containing 20ml (100mg of
amphotericin B) or 10ml (50mg of amphotericin B).

    Each ml contains:

Amphotericin B USP                             5.0mg

L-a-Dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine (DMPC)      3.4mg

L-a-Dimyristoylphosphatidylglycerol (DMPG)     1.5mg
(as sodium and ammonium salts)

Sodium Chloride                                9.0mg

Water for injection, q.s. ad                      1.0ml

                           SCHEDULE 3

                            NOTICES



To TLC:             The Liposome Company, Inc.
                    One Research Way
                    Princeton Forrestal Center
                    Princeton, NJ  08540
                    Facsimile:  609-734-0882
                    Attention:  Chief Executive Officer


To W-A:             Wyeth-Ayerst International Inc.
                    150 Radnor-Chester Road
                    St. Davids, PA  19087
                    Facsimile:  610-254-9528
                    Attention:  Mr. Beat H. Leber





                           SCHEDULE 4

                           LIST PRICE



The List Price is as follows:

ABELCET (100mg X 10 vials)         860 British pounds

ABELCET (50mg X 10 vials)          500 British pounds


                           SCHEDULE 5

            EXTRACT FROM WYETH-AYERST CODE OF CONDUCT

                           SCHEDULE 6

                           TLC PATENTS



                          (EP) 0282405

                          (EP) 0394265

                          (EP) 0270460

                           SCHEDULE 7

                 MEDICAL INFORMATION PROCEDURES

                           Schedule 7

     Provision of Medical Information & Handling of Customer
                           Complaints.


1.   Provision of Medical Information


1.1  Date of Handover of Inquiries

     W-A shall have responsibility for the provision of Medical
Information from the     Effective Date.

1.2  Stability Inquiries

     W-A will handle stability inquiries as per the guidelines
below

     TLC will provide guidelines (for consideration and agreement
     by W-A) as to which stability inquiries W-A will handle and
     where these would need to be answered in conjunction with
     TLC.

1.3  Medical Information Enquiries

     Answering of all Medical Information inquiries is the
responsibility of W-A.

     TLC to provide copies of the following to enable W-A to
handle the above:

     Abelcet Database
     Copies of all Clinical Papers
     Copies of all Standard Letter / Texts
     Breakdown of changes to SmPC

     TLC to provide back-up should W-A be unable to answer any
questions.

1.4  MIMS & BNF Entries

     W-A's responsibility.


2.0  Customer Complaints

     These remain the responsibility of TLC, and any complaints
     will be directed care of  Karen Jones @ TLC





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission